HK1246065B - Method and apparatus for control flow enhancements for lte-unlicensed - Google Patents
Method and apparatus for control flow enhancements for lte-unlicensed Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- HK1246065B HK1246065B HK18105423.6A HK18105423A HK1246065B HK 1246065 B HK1246065 B HK 1246065B HK 18105423 A HK18105423 A HK 18105423A HK 1246065 B HK1246065 B HK 1246065B
- Authority
- HK
- Hong Kong
- Prior art keywords
- subframe
- cell
- transmission
- spectrum band
- cells
- Prior art date
Links
Description
交叉引用Cross-references
本专利申请要求由Yerramalli等人于2016年5月9日提交的题为“Control FlowEnhancements for LTE-Unlicensed(无执照LTE的控制流增强)”的美国专利申请No.15/149,752、以及由Yerramalli等人于2015年5月22日提交的题为“Control FlowEnhancements for LTE-Unlicensed(无执照LTE的控制流增强)”的美国临时专利申请No.62/165,814的优先权,其中每一件申请均被转让给本申请受让人。This patent application claims priority to U.S. patent application No. 15/149,752, filed by Yerramalli et al. on May 9, 2016, entitled “Control Flow Enhancements for LTE-Unlicensed,” and U.S. provisional patent application No. 62/165,814, filed by Yerramalli et al. on May 22, 2015, entitled “Control Flow Enhancements for LTE-Unlicensed,” each of which is assigned to the assignee of this application.
背景background
以下一般涉及无线通信,尤其涉及无执照LTE的控制流增强。The following relates generally to wireless communications, and more particularly to control flow enhancements for unlicensed LTE.
无线通信系统被广泛部署以提供诸如语音、视频、分组数据、消息接发、广播等各种类型的通信内容。这些系统可以能够通过共享可用系统资源(例如,时间、频率和功率)来支持与多个用户的通信。此类多址系统的示例包括码分多址(CDMA)系统、时分多址(TDMA)系统、频分多址(FDMA)系统、以及正交频分多址(OFDMA)系统(例如,LTE系统)。无线多址通信系统可包括数个基站,每个基站同时支持多个通信设备的通信,这些通信设备可另外被称为用户装备(UE)。Wireless communication systems are widely deployed to provide various types of communication content, such as voice, video, packet data, messaging, broadcast, etc. These systems can support communication with multiple users by sharing available system resources (e.g., time, frequency, and power). Examples of such multiple-access systems include code division multiple access (CDMA) systems, time division multiple access (TDMA) systems, frequency division multiple access (FDMA) systems, and orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) systems (e.g., LTE systems). A wireless multiple-access communication system may include several base stations, each of which simultaneously supports communication for multiple communication devices, which may also be referred to as user equipment (UE).
在LTE或高级LTE(LTE-A)网络中,基站和UE可以通过许可给网络运营商的专用频谱来进行通信。有执照运营商网络(例如,蜂窝网络等)可被称为公共陆地移动网络(PLMN)。随着使用专用(例如,有执照)射频频带的蜂窝网络中的数据话务不断增加,将至少一些数据话务卸载到无执照或共享射频频谱可增强数据传输容量以及高效资源使用。无执照和共享射频频谱还可在对专用射频频谱的接入不可用的区域中提供服务。无执照频谱一般指可供在没有执照的情况下使用的频谱,并且通常遵从关于接入的发射功率的技术规则。共享频谱一般是指可用于与多个运营商之一相关联的设备的频谱。In an LTE or LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) network, a base station and a UE can communicate over a dedicated spectrum licensed to a network operator. A licensed operator network (e.g., a cellular network, etc.) may be referred to as a public land mobile network (PLMN). As data traffic in cellular networks using dedicated (e.g., licensed) radio frequency bands continues to increase, offloading at least some of the data traffic to unlicensed or shared radio frequency spectrum may enhance data transmission capacity and efficient resource usage. Unlicensed and shared radio frequency spectrum may also provide services in areas where access to dedicated radio frequency spectrum is not available. Unlicensed spectrum generally refers to spectrum that is available for use without a license and is typically subject to technical regulations regarding transmit power for access. Shared spectrum generally refers to spectrum that is available for devices associated with one of multiple operators.
先听后讲(LBT)规程可被用于在未预先协调资源分配的情况下接入有执照或无执照频谱的共享频率资源的争用解决。LBT规程可包括执行畅通信道评估(CCA)规程以确定共享信道是否可用。当确定共享信道可用时,设备可以在数据传输之前传送用于保留该信道的信号。其它设备可监视该保留信号以检测传输,并且还可使用能量检测来监视共享信道以确定该共享信道是忙碌还是空闲的。Listen-before-talk (LBT) procedures can be used for contention resolution when accessing shared frequency resources in licensed or unlicensed spectrum without pre-coordinated resource allocation. The LBT procedure may include performing a clear channel assessment (CCA) procedure to determine whether a shared channel is available. When a shared channel is determined to be available, a device may transmit a signal to reserve the channel before transmitting data. Other devices may monitor the reservation signal to detect transmissions and may also monitor the shared channel using energy detection to determine whether the shared channel is busy or idle.
在共享射频频谱上使用LTE信号波形的操作可被称为无执照LTE(LTE-U)操作,并且支持LTE-U操作的LTE设备可被称为LTE-U设备。使用无执照或共享频谱中的LTE/LTE-A载波的操作可在自立操作模式中使用,其中LTE/LTE-A载波可被用作UE的主蜂窝小区。LTE/LTE-A载波还可在有执照辅助接入(LAA)模式中使用,其中UE配置有主蜂窝小区,无执照或共享频谱中的LTE/LTE-A载波被配置为载波聚集模式中的副蜂窝小区。Operation using an LTE signal waveform on a shared radio frequency spectrum may be referred to as unlicensed LTE (LTE-U) operation, and an LTE device that supports LTE-U operation may be referred to as an LTE-U device. Operation using an LTE/LTE-A carrier in an unlicensed or shared spectrum may be used in a standalone mode of operation, where the LTE/LTE-A carrier may be used as the primary cell for the UE. The LTE/LTE-A carrier may also be used in a licensed assisted access (LAA) mode, where the UE is configured with a primary cell and an LTE/LTE-A carrier in an unlicensed or shared spectrum is configured as a secondary cell in carrier aggregation mode.
由于在无执照或共享频谱中操作的无执照蜂窝小区(例如,自立或LAA)可经受LBT规程,因此围绕用于专用频谱的预定定时来设计的控制流管理规程可能经受不可预测的定时变动。另外,无执照或共享频谱可具有对传输功率或历时施加限制的附加约束,这可能影响对无执照蜂窝小区的控制流管理。Because unlicensed cells (e.g., standalone or LAA) operating in unlicensed or shared spectrum may be subject to LBT procedures, control flow management procedures designed around predetermined timing for dedicated spectrum may be subject to unpredictable timing variations. Additionally, unlicensed or shared spectrum may have additional constraints that impose limits on transmission power or duration, which may affect control flow management for unlicensed cells.
概述Overview
用于LTE-U操作的控制流增强的系统、方法和装置。各方面包括用于无执照蜂窝小区中的浮动传输时间区间(TTI)操作的控制流处理(包括增强型物理下行链路控制信道(ePDCCH)处理、非周期性信道状态信息(CSI)报告、不连续接收(DRX)操作、以及在传输突发的末尾处的扩展TTI)的增强。所描述的各方面还包括用于无执照蜂窝小区的参考信号配置、对多个无执照蜂窝小区的联合准予的处理、对部分式子帧的ePDCCH处理、以及多信道DRS操作的增强。Systems, methods, and apparatus for control flow enhancements for LTE-U operation. Aspects include enhancements to control flow handling for floating transmission time interval (TTI) operation in unlicensed cells, including enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH) handling, aperiodic channel state information (CSI) reporting, discontinuous reception (DRX) operation, and extended TTI at the end of a transmission burst. The described aspects also include enhancements to reference signal configuration for unlicensed cells, handling of joint grants for multiple unlicensed cells, ePDCCH handling for partial subframes, and multi-channel DRS operation.
描述了一种无线通信方法。该方法可包括:标识使用共享频谱带中的副蜂窝小区的通信的配置,其中经由该副蜂窝小区的传输经受共享频率信道的先听后讲(LBT)规程;标识来自该副蜂窝小区的包括至少一个子帧的传输;以及至少部分地基于至少一个子帧的跨子帧指示符来确定该传输的参考信号配置。A method of wireless communication is described. The method may include identifying a configuration for communications using a secondary cell in a shared spectrum band, wherein transmissions via the secondary cell are subject to a listen-before-talk (LBT) procedure for a shared frequency channel; identifying a transmission from the secondary cell comprising at least one subframe; and determining a reference signal configuration for the transmission based at least in part on a cross-subframe indicator for the at least one subframe.
描述了一种用于无线通信的装备。该装备可包括:用于标识使用共享频谱带中的副蜂窝小区的通信的配置的装置,其中经由该副蜂窝小区的传输经受共享频率信道的先听后讲(LBT)规程;用于标识来自该副蜂窝小区的包括至少一个子帧的传输的装置;以及用于至少部分地基于至少一个子帧的跨子帧指示符来确定该传输的参考信号配置的装置。An apparatus for wireless communication is described. The apparatus may include: means for identifying a configuration for communications using a secondary cell in a shared spectrum band, wherein transmissions via the secondary cell are subject to a listen-before-talk (LBT) procedure for a shared frequency channel; means for identifying a transmission from the secondary cell comprising at least one subframe; and means for determining a reference signal configuration for the transmission based at least in part on a cross-subframe indicator for the at least one subframe.
描述了另一种用于无线通信的装置。该装置可包括处理器、与该处理器处于电子通信的存储器、以及存储在该存储器中的指令,这些指令在被处理器执行时可操作用于使该装置:标识使用共享频谱带中的副蜂窝小区的通信的配置,其中经由该副蜂窝小区的传输经受共享频率信道的先听后讲(LBT)规程;标识来自该副蜂窝小区的包括至少一个子帧的传输;以及至少部分地基于至少一个子帧的跨子帧指示符来确定该传输的参考信号配置。Another apparatus for wireless communication is described. The apparatus may include a processor, memory in electronic communication with the processor, and instructions stored in the memory that, when executed by the processor, are operable to cause the apparatus to: identify a configuration for communications using a secondary cell in a shared spectrum band, wherein transmissions via the secondary cell are subject to a listen-before-talk (LBT) procedure for a shared frequency channel; identify a transmission from the secondary cell comprising at least one subframe; and determine a reference signal configuration for the transmission based at least in part on a cross-subframe indicator for the at least one subframe.
描述了一种存储用于无线通信的代码的非瞬态计算机可读介质。该代码可包括可被执行以用于以下操作的指令:标识使用共享频谱带中的副蜂窝小区的通信的配置,其中经由该副蜂窝小区的传输经受共享频率信道的先听后讲(LBT)规程;标识来自该副蜂窝小区的包括至少一个子帧的LBT传输;以及至少部分地基于至少一个子帧的跨子帧指示符来确定该传输的参考信号配置。A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communication is described. The code may include instructions executable to: identify a configuration for communications using a secondary cell in a shared spectrum band, wherein transmissions via the secondary cell are subject to a listen-before-talk (LBT) procedure for a shared frequency channel; identify an LBT transmission from the secondary cell comprising at least one subframe; and determine a reference signal configuration for the transmission based at least in part on a cross-subframe indicator for the at least one subframe.
在本文描述的方法、装置、或非瞬态计算机可读介质的一些示例中,该确定包括标识与至少一个参考信号配置相关联的初始传送子帧集合。In some examples of the methods, apparatus, or non-transitory computer-readable media described herein, the determining includes identifying an initial transmission subframe set associated with at least one reference signal configuration.
在本文描述的方法、装置、或非瞬态计算机可读介质的一些示例中,该参考信号子帧指示符是通过在专用频谱带中操作的有执照蜂窝小区接收的。In some examples of the methods, apparatus, or non-transitory computer-readable media described herein, the reference signal subframe indicator is received by a licensed cell operating in a dedicated spectrum band.
在本文描述的方法、装置、或非瞬态计算机可读介质的一些示例中,该参考信号子帧指示符包括经由有执照蜂窝小区的下行链路控制信道接收的下行链路控制信息(DCI)格式的字段。附加地或替换地,在一些示例中,该参考信号子帧指示符是通过该副蜂窝小区在指示符信道中接收的或是在经由该副蜂窝小区的下行链路控制信道接收的下行链路控制信息(DCI)格式的字段上接收。In some examples of the methods, apparatus, or non-transitory computer-readable media described herein, the reference signal subframe indicator comprises a field of a downlink control information (DCI) format received via a downlink control channel of the licensed cell. Additionally or alternatively, in some examples, the reference signal subframe indicator is received by the secondary cell in an indicator channel or on a field of a downlink control information (DCI) format received via a downlink control channel of the secondary cell.
本文描述的方法、装置、或非瞬态计算机可读介质的一些示例可进一步包括用于以下操作的过程、特征、装置、或指令:标识至少一个子帧具有相对于在专用频谱带中操作的有执照蜂窝小区的异步码元定时;以及至少部分地基于与该传输相关联的检出码元前置码来确定该至少一个子帧内用于至少一个参考信号的一个或多个码元位置。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, or non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may further include processes, features, apparatus, or instructions for identifying at least one subframe having asynchronous symbol timing relative to a licensed cellular cell operating in a dedicated spectrum band; and determining one or more symbol positions for at least one reference signal within the at least one subframe based at least in part on a detected symbol preamble associated with the transmission.
描述了一种无线通信方法。该方法可包括:标识共享频谱带上来自基站的传输中的多个蜂窝小区,其中该传输经受共享频率信道的先听后讲(LBT)规程;标识用于该传输的初始传送的第一子帧集合的第一调度配置,第一调度配置包括配置用于携带针对该多个蜂窝小区中的相应蜂窝小区的个体准予的第一组蜂窝小区的一个或多个搜索空间;以及标识用于该传输中在第一子帧集合之后的第二子帧集合的第二调度配置,第二调度配置包括与针对该多个蜂窝小区的联合准予相关联的至少一个蜂窝小区的至少一个搜索空间。A method of wireless communication is described. The method may include identifying a plurality of cells in a transmission from a base station on a shared spectrum band, wherein the transmission is subject to a listen-before-talk (LBT) procedure for the shared frequency channel; identifying a first scheduling configuration for a first set of subframes for an initial transmission of the transmission, the first scheduling configuration including one or more search spaces for a first group of cells configured to carry individual grants for respective cells of the plurality of cells; and identifying a second scheduling configuration for a second set of subframes in the transmission subsequent to the first set of subframes, the second scheduling configuration including at least one search space for at least one cell associated with a joint grant for the plurality of cells.
描述了一种用于无线通信的装备。该装备可包括:用于标识共享频谱带上来自基站的传输中的多个蜂窝小区的装置,其中该传输经受共享频率信道的先听后讲(LBT)规程;用于标识用于该传输的初始传送的第一子帧集合的第一调度配置的装置,第一调度配置包括配置用于携带针对该多个蜂窝小区中的相应蜂窝小区的个体准予的第一组蜂窝小区的一个或多个搜索空间;以及用于标识用于该传输中在第一子帧集合之后的第二子帧集合的第二调度配置的装置,第二调度配置包括与针对该多个蜂窝小区的联合准予相关联的至少一个蜂窝小区的至少一个搜索空间。An apparatus for wireless communication is described. The apparatus may include: means for identifying a plurality of cells in a transmission from a base station on a shared spectrum band, wherein the transmission is subject to a listen-before-talk (LBT) procedure for the shared frequency channel; means for identifying a first scheduling configuration for a first set of subframes for initial transmission of the transmission, the first scheduling configuration including one or more search spaces for a first group of cells configured to carry individual grants for respective cells in the plurality of cells; and means for identifying a second scheduling configuration for a second set of subframes in the transmission following the first set of subframes, the second scheduling configuration including at least one search space for at least one cell associated with a joint grant for the plurality of cells.
描述了另一种用于无线通信的装置。该装置可包括处理器、与该处理器处于电子通信的存储器、以及存储在该存储器中的指令,这些指令在被处理器执行时可操作用于使该装置:标识共享频谱带上来自基站的传输中的多个蜂窝小区,其中该传输经受共享频率信道的先听后讲(LBT)规程;标识用于该传输的初始传送的第一子帧集合的第一调度配置,第一调度配置包括配置用于携带针对该多个蜂窝小区中的相应蜂窝小区的个体准予的第一组蜂窝小区的一个或多个搜索空间;以及标识用于该传输中在第一子帧集合之后的第二子帧集合的第二调度配置,第二调度配置包括与针对该多个蜂窝小区的联合准予相关联的至少一个蜂窝小区的至少一个搜索空间。Another apparatus for wireless communication is described. The apparatus may include a processor, memory in electronic communication with the processor, and instructions stored in the memory that, when executed by the processor, are operable to cause the apparatus to: identify a plurality of cells in a transmission from a base station on a shared spectrum band, wherein the transmission is subject to a listen-before-talk (LBT) procedure for a shared frequency channel; identify a first scheduling configuration for a first set of subframes for an initial transmission of the transmission, the first scheduling configuration including one or more search spaces for a first group of cells configured to carry individual grants for respective cells in the plurality of cells; and identify a second scheduling configuration for a second set of subframes in the transmission subsequent to the first set of subframes, the second scheduling configuration including at least one search space for at least one cell associated with a joint grant for the plurality of cells.
描述了一种存储用于无线通信的代码的非瞬态计算机可读介质。该代码可包括可被执行以用于以下操作的指令:标识共享频谱带的多个蜂窝小区,其中该传输经受共享频率信道的先听后讲(LBT)规程;标识用于该传输的初始传送的第一子帧集合的第一调度配置,第一调度配置包括配置用于携带针对该多个蜂窝小区中的相应蜂窝小区的个体准予的第一组蜂窝小区的一个或多个搜索空间;以及标识用于该传输中在第一子帧集合之后的第二子帧集合的第二调度配置,第二调度配置包括与针对该多个蜂窝小区的联合准予相关联的至少一个蜂窝小区的至少一个搜索空间。A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communication is described. The code may include instructions executable to: identify a plurality of cells in a shared frequency spectrum band, wherein a transmission is subject to a listen-before-talk (LBT) procedure for the shared frequency channel; identify a first scheduling configuration for a first set of subframes for an initial transmission of the transmission, the first scheduling configuration including one or more search spaces for a first group of cells configured to carry individual grants for respective cells in the plurality of cells; and identify a second scheduling configuration for a second set of subframes in the transmission subsequent to the first set of subframes, the second scheduling configuration including at least one search space for at least one cell associated with a joint grant for the plurality of cells.
本文描述的方法、装置、或非瞬态计算机可读介质的一些示例可进一步包括用于以下操作的过程、特征、装置、或指令:确定该多个蜂窝小区中具有为该传输成功保留的相关联频率信道的蜂窝小区子集。附加地或替换地,一些示例可包括用于以下操作的过程、特征、装置、或指令:至少部分地基于因UE而异的标识符来从该多个蜂窝小区的该子集确定该至少一个蜂窝小区。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, or non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may further include processes, features, means, or instructions for determining a subset of cells from the plurality of cells having associated frequency channels successfully reserved for the transmission. Additionally or alternatively, some examples may include processes, features, means, or instructions for determining the at least one cell from the subset of the plurality of cells based at least in part on a UE-specific identifier.
在本文描述的方法、装置、或非瞬态计算机可读介质的一些示例中,该至少一个蜂窝小区包括在专用频谱带中操作的有执照蜂窝小区。In some examples of the methods, apparatus, or non-transitory computer-readable media described herein, the at least one cell comprises a licensed cell operating in a dedicated spectrum band.
描述了一种无线通信方法。该方法可包括:标识使用共享频谱带中的副蜂窝小区的通信的配置,其中经由该副蜂窝小区的传输经受共享频率信道的先听后讲(LBT)规程;标识来自该副蜂窝小区的包括至少一个子帧的传输;以及接收指定该传输内所包含的部分式子帧的格式的指示符。A method of wireless communication is described. The method may include identifying a configuration for communications using a secondary cell in a shared spectrum band, wherein transmissions via the secondary cell are subject to a listen-before-talk (LBT) procedure for a shared frequency channel; identifying a transmission from the secondary cell comprising at least one subframe; and receiving an indicator specifying a format of a partial subframe contained within the transmission.
描述了一种用于无线通信的装备。该装备可包括:用于标识使用共享频谱带中的副蜂窝小区的通信的配置的装置,其中经由该副蜂窝小区的传输经受共享频率信道的先听后讲(LBT)规程;用于标识来自该副蜂窝小区的包括至少一个子帧的传输的装置;以及用于接收指定该传输内所包含的部分式子帧的格式的指示符的装置。An apparatus for wireless communication is described. The apparatus may include: means for identifying a configuration for communications using a secondary cell in a shared spectrum band, wherein transmissions via the secondary cell are subject to a listen-before-talk (LBT) procedure for the shared frequency channel; means for identifying a transmission from the secondary cell comprising at least one subframe; and means for receiving an indicator specifying a format of a partial subframe contained within the transmission.
描述了另一种用于无线通信的装置。该装置可包括处理器、与该处理器处于电子通信的存储器、以及存储在该存储器中的指令,这些指令在被处理器执行时可操作用于使该装置:标识使用共享频谱带中的副蜂窝小区的通信的配置,其中经由该副蜂窝小区的传输经受共享频率信道的先听后讲(LBT)规程;标识来自该副蜂窝小区的包括至少一个子帧的传输;以及接收指定该传输内所包含的部分式子帧的格式的指示符。Another apparatus for wireless communication is described. The apparatus may include a processor, memory in electronic communication with the processor, and instructions stored in the memory that, when executed by the processor, are operable to cause the apparatus to: identify a configuration for communications using a secondary cell in a shared spectrum band, wherein transmissions via the secondary cell are subject to a listen-before-talk (LBT) procedure for a shared frequency channel; identify a transmission from the secondary cell comprising at least one subframe; and receive an indicator specifying a format of a partial subframe contained within the transmission.
描述了一种存储用于无线通信的代码的非瞬态计算机可读介质。该代码可包括可被执行以用于以下操作的指令:标识使用共享频谱带中的副蜂窝小区的通信的配置,其中经由该副蜂窝小区的传输经受共享频率信道的先听后讲(LBT)规程;标识来自该副蜂窝小区的包括至少一个子帧的传输;以及接收指定该传输内所包含的部分式子帧的格式的指示符。A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communication is described. The code may include instructions executable to: identify a configuration for communications using a secondary cell in a shared spectrum band, wherein transmissions via the secondary cell are subject to a listen-before-talk (LBT) procedure for a shared frequency channel; identify a transmission from the secondary cell comprising at least one subframe; and receive an indicator specifying a format of a partial subframe contained within the transmission.
描述了一种无线通信方法。该方法可包括:从与用于共享频谱带的一个或多个蜂窝小区的控制信道相关联的天线端口有限集合来估计信道解调信息;确定包括用于该一个或多个蜂窝小区的部分式子帧的控制信道搜索空间;以及使用从该天线端口有限集合所估计的信道解调信息来解调该控制信道搜索空间中的控制信道候选。A method of wireless communication is described. The method may include estimating channel demodulation information from a finite set of antenna ports associated with a control channel for one or more cells of a shared spectrum band, determining a control channel search space comprising partial subframes for the one or more cells, and demodulating control channel candidates in the control channel search space using the channel demodulation information estimated from the finite set of antenna ports.
描述了一种用于无线通信的装备。该装备可包括:用于从与用于共享频谱带的一个或多个蜂窝小区的控制信道相关联的天线端口有限集合来估计信道解调信息的装置;用于确定包括用于该一个或多个蜂窝小区的部分式子帧的控制信道搜索空间的装置;以及用于使用从该天线端口有限集合所估计的信道解调信息来解调该控制信道搜索空间中的控制信道候选的装置。An apparatus for wireless communication is described. The apparatus may include: means for estimating channel demodulation information from a finite set of antenna ports associated with a control channel for one or more cells of a shared spectrum band; means for determining a control channel search space comprising partial subframes for the one or more cells; and means for demodulating control channel candidates in the control channel search space using the channel demodulation information estimated from the finite set of antenna ports.
描述了另一种用于无线通信的装置。该装置可包括处理器、与该处理器处于电子通信的存储器、以及存储在该存储器中的指令,这些指令在被处理器执行时可操作用于使该装置:从与用于共享频谱带的一个或多个蜂窝小区的控制信道相关联的天线端口有限集合来估计信道解调信息;确定包括用于该一个或多个蜂窝小区的部分式子帧的控制信道搜索空间;以及使用从该天线端口有限集合所估计的信道解调信息来解调该控制信道搜索空间中的控制信道候选。Another apparatus for wireless communication is described. The apparatus may include a processor, memory in electronic communication with the processor, and instructions stored in the memory that, when executed by the processor, are operable to cause the apparatus to: estimate channel demodulation information from a finite set of antenna ports associated with a control channel for one or more cells of a shared spectrum band; determine a control channel search space comprising partial subframes for the one or more cells; and demodulate control channel candidates in the control channel search space using the channel demodulation information estimated from the finite set of antenna ports.
描述了一种存储用于无线通信的代码的非瞬态计算机可读介质。该代码可包括可被执行以用于以下操作的指令:从与用于共享频谱带的一个或多个蜂窝小区的控制信道相关联的天线端口有限集合来估计信道解调信息;确定包括用于该一个或多个蜂窝小区的部分式子帧的控制信道搜索空间;以及使用从该天线端口有限集合所估计的信道解调信息来解调该控制信道搜索空间中的控制信道候选。A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communication is described. The code may include instructions executable to: estimate channel demodulation information from a finite set of antenna ports associated with a control channel for one or more cells of a shared spectrum band; determine a control channel search space comprising partial subframes for the one or more cells; and demodulate control channel candidates in the control channel search space using the channel demodulation information estimated from the finite set of antenna ports.
在本文描述的方法、装置、或非瞬态计算机可读介质的一些示例中,该控制信道包括EPDCCH。In some examples of the methods, apparatus, or non-transitory computer-readable media described herein, the control channel includes an EPDCCH.
描述了一种无线通信方法。该方法可包括:标识使用经同步蜂窝小区的通信的配置,该经同步蜂窝小区在共享频谱带中操作并且具有静态子帧位置;标识针对该经同步蜂窝小区的LBT传输;至少部分地基于该LBT传输的信道保留信号来确定该经同步蜂窝小区的共享数据信道的动态TTI;以及至少部分地基于该动态TTI与该静态子帧位置的边界之间的偏移来确定包括共享数据信道的共享数据区域内用于控制信道的搜索空间。A method of wireless communication is described. The method may include identifying a configuration for communications using synchronized cells, the synchronized cells operating in a shared spectrum band and having static subframe positions; identifying a LBT transmission for the synchronized cell; determining a dynamic TTI for a shared data channel of the synchronized cell based at least in part on a channel reservation signal of the LBT transmission; and determining a search space for a control channel within a shared data region including the shared data channel based at least in part on an offset between the dynamic TTI and a boundary of the static subframe position.
描述了一种用于无线通信的装备。该装备可包括:用于标识使用经同步蜂窝小区的通信的配置的装置,该经同步蜂窝小区在共享频谱带中操作并且具有静态子帧位置;用于标识针对该经同步蜂窝小区的LBT传输的装置;用于至少部分地基于该LBT传输的信道保留信号来确定该经同步蜂窝小区的共享数据信道的动态TTI的装置;以及用于至少部分地基于该动态TTI与该静态子帧位置的边界之间的偏移来确定包括共享数据信道的共享数据区域内用于控制信道的搜索空间的装置。An apparatus for wireless communication is described. The apparatus may include: means for identifying a configuration for communications using synchronized cells, the synchronized cells operating in a shared spectrum band and having static subframe positions; means for identifying a LBT transmission for the synchronized cell; means for determining a dynamic TTI for a shared data channel of the synchronized cell based at least in part on a channel reservation signal of the LBT transmission; and means for determining a search space for a control channel within a shared data region including the shared data channel based at least in part on an offset between the dynamic TTI and a boundary of the static subframe position.
描述了另一种用于无线通信的装置。该装置可包括处理器、与该处理器处于电子通信的存储器、以及存储在该存储器中的指令,这些指令在被处理器执行时可操作用于使该装置:标识使用经同步蜂窝小区的通信的配置,该经同步蜂窝小区在共享频谱带中操作并且具有静态子帧位置;标识针对该经同步蜂窝小区的LBT传输;至少部分地基于该LBT传输的信道保留信号来确定该经同步蜂窝小区的共享数据信道的动态TTI;以及至少部分地基于该动态TTI与该静态子帧位置的边界之间的偏移来确定包括共享数据信道的共享数据区域内用于控制信道的搜索空间。Another apparatus for wireless communication is described. The apparatus may include a processor, a memory in electronic communication with the processor, and instructions stored in the memory that, when executed by the processor, are operable to cause the apparatus to: identify a configuration for communications using a synchronized cell, the synchronized cell operating in a shared spectrum band and having static subframe positions; identify a LBT transmission for the synchronized cell; determine a dynamic TTI for a shared data channel of the synchronized cell based at least in part on a channel reservation signal of the LBT transmission; and determine a search space for a control channel within a shared data region that includes the shared data channel based at least in part on an offset between the dynamic TTI and a boundary of the static subframe position.
描述了一种存储用于无线通信的代码的非瞬态计算机可读介质。该代码可包括可被执行以用于以下操作的指令:标识使用经同步蜂窝小区的通信的配置,该经同步蜂窝小区在共享频谱带中操作并且具有静态子帧位置;标识针对该经同步蜂窝小区的LBT传输;至少部分地基于该LBT传输的信道保留信号来确定该经同步蜂窝小区的共享数据信道的动态TTI;以及至少部分地基于该动态TTI与该静态子帧位置的边界之间的偏移来确定包括共享数据信道的共享数据区域内用于控制信道的搜索空间。A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communication is described. The code may include instructions executable to: identify a configuration for communications using a synchronized cell, the synchronized cell operating in a shared spectrum band and having static subframe positions; identify a LBT transmission for the synchronized cell; determine a dynamic TTI for a shared data channel of the synchronized cell based at least in part on a channel reservation signal of the LBT transmission; and determine a search space for a control channel within a shared data region including the shared data channel based at least in part on an offset between the dynamic TTI and a boundary of the static subframe position.
在本文描述的方法、装置、或非瞬态计算机可读介质的一些示例中,该搜索空间包括与该动态TTI相同的码元集合。附加地或替换地,在一些示例中,该搜索空间包括该动态TTI的码元子集,并且其中该动态TTI的该码元子集是至少部分地基于该动态TTI与该静态子帧位置的边界之间的偏移来确定的。In some examples of the methods, apparatus, or non-transitory computer-readable media described herein, the search space includes the same set of symbols as the dynamic TTI. Additionally or alternatively, in some examples, the search space includes a subset of symbols of the dynamic TTI, and wherein the subset of symbols of the dynamic TTI is determined at least in part based on an offset between the dynamic TTI and a boundary of the static subframe position.
在本文描述的方法、装置、或非瞬态计算机可读介质的一些示例中,该控制信道包括增强型物理下行链路控制信道(ePDCCH)。附加地或替换地,一些示例可包括用于以下操作的过程、特征、装置、或指令:至少部分地基于在该控制信道中接收到的物理帧格式指示信道(PFFICH)或准予中的至少一者中所包括的字段来确定该LBT传输的最后TTI的码元周期数目。In some examples of the methods, apparatus, or non-transitory computer-readable media described herein, the control channel includes an enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH). Additionally or alternatively, some examples may include a process, feature, apparatus, or instruction for determining a number of symbol periods of a last TTI of the LBT transmission based at least in part on a field included in at least one of a physical frame format indicator channel (PFFICH) or a grant received in the control channel.
本文描述的方法、装置、或非瞬态计算机可读介质的一些示例可进一步包括用于以下操作的过程、特征、装置、或指令:至少部分地基于静态码元周期数目或所确定的码元周期数目中的至少一者来确定针对该最后TTI的控制信道的搜索空间。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, or non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may further include processes, features, apparatus, or instructions for determining a search space for a control channel for the last TTI based at least in part on at least one of a static number of symbol periods or a determined number of symbol periods.
描述了一种无线通信方法。该方法可包括:标识使用至少第一蜂窝小区和第二蜂窝小区的通信的配置,第二蜂窝小区在共享频谱带中操作;标识来自第二蜂窝小区的LBT传输;在第二蜂窝小区的控制信道中接收对非周期性CSI报告的请求;以及至少部分地基于该控制信道相对于第一蜂窝小区的子帧索引的定时参数来确定该非周期性CSI报告的参考定时。A method of wireless communication is described. The method may include identifying a configuration for communication using at least a first cell and a second cell, the second cell operating in a shared spectrum band; identifying a LBT transmission from the second cell; receiving a request for an aperiodic CSI report in a control channel of the second cell; and determining a reference timing for the aperiodic CSI report based at least in part on a timing parameter of the control channel relative to a subframe index of the first cell.
描述了一种用于无线通信的装备。该装备可包括:用于标识使用至少第一蜂窝小区和第二蜂窝小区的通信的配置的装置,第二蜂窝小区在共享频谱带中操作;用于标识来自第二蜂窝小区的LBT传输的装置;用于在第二蜂窝小区的控制信道中接收对非周期性CSI报告的请求的装置;以及用于至少部分地基于该控制信道相对于第一蜂窝小区的子帧索引的定时参数来确定该非周期性CSI报告的参考定时的装置。An apparatus for wireless communication is described. The apparatus may include: means for identifying a configuration for communication using at least a first cell and a second cell, the second cell operating in a shared spectrum band; means for identifying a LBT transmission from the second cell; means for receiving a request for an aperiodic CSI report in a control channel of the second cell; and means for determining a reference timing for the aperiodic CSI report based at least in part on a timing parameter of the control channel relative to a subframe index of the first cell.
描述了另一种用于无线通信的装置。该装置可包括处理器、与该处理器处于电子通信的存储器、以及存储在该存储器中的指令,这些指令在被处理器执行时可操作用于使该装置:标识使用至少第一蜂窝小区和第二蜂窝小区的通信的配置,第二蜂窝小区在共享频谱带中操作;标识来自第二蜂窝小区的LBT传输;在第二蜂窝小区的控制信道中接收对非周期性CSI报告的请求;以及至少部分地基于该控制信道相对于第一蜂窝小区的子帧索引的定时参数来确定该非周期性CSI报告的参考定时。Another apparatus for wireless communication is described. The apparatus may include a processor, memory in electronic communication with the processor, and instructions stored in the memory that, when executed by the processor, are operable to cause the apparatus to: identify a configuration for communications using at least a first cell and a second cell, the second cell operating in a shared spectrum band; identify a LBT transmission from the second cell; receive a request for an aperiodic CSI report in a control channel of the second cell; and determine a reference timing for the aperiodic CSI report based at least in part on a timing parameter of the control channel relative to a subframe index of the first cell.
描述了一种存储用于无线通信的代码的非瞬态计算机可读介质。该代码可包括可被执行以用于以下操作的指令:标识使用至少第一蜂窝小区和第二蜂窝小区的通信的配置,第二蜂窝小区在共享频谱带中操作;标识来自第二蜂窝小区的LBT传输;在第二蜂窝小区的控制信道中接收对非周期性CSI报告的请求;以及至少部分地基于该控制信道相对于第一蜂窝小区的子帧索引的定时参数来确定该非周期性CSI报告的参考定时。A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communication is described. The code may include instructions executable to: identify a configuration for communications using at least a first cell and a second cell, the second cell operating in a shared spectrum band; identify a LBT transmission from the second cell; receive a request for an aperiodic CSI report in a control channel of the second cell; and determine a reference timing for the aperiodic CSI report based at least in part on a timing parameter of the control channel relative to a subframe index of the first cell.
在本文描述的方法、装置、或非瞬态计算机可读介质的一些示例中,该定时参数包括该控制信道的第一码元或该控制信道的最后码元。附加地或替换地,在一些示例中,该控制信道包括物理下行链路控制信道(PDCCH)或ePDCCH。In some examples of the methods, apparatus, or non-transitory computer-readable media described herein, the timing parameter comprises a first symbol of the control channel or a last symbol of the control channel. Additionally or alternatively, in some examples, the control channel comprises a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) or an ePDCCH.
描述了一种无线通信方法。该方法可包括:标识使用在共享频谱带中操作的蜂窝小区的通信的配置;至少部分地基于与关联于该蜂窝小区的不连续接收(DRX)配置相关联的寻呼时机来从禁用接收状态启用针对该蜂窝小区的接收;在该寻呼时机的第一码元上接收CRS;以及至少部分地基于在该寻呼时机内具有静态位置的指示符信道来标识该蜂窝小区的控制信道的码元偏移。A method of wireless communication is described. The method may include identifying a configuration for communications using a cell operating in a shared spectrum band; enabling reception for the cell from a disabled reception state based at least in part on a paging occasion associated with a discontinuous reception (DRX) configuration associated with the cell; receiving a CRS on a first symbol of the paging occasion; and identifying a symbol offset for a control channel of the cell based at least in part on an indicator channel having a static position within the paging occasion.
描述了一种用于无线通信的装备。该装备可包括:用于标识使用在共享频谱带中操作的蜂窝小区的通信的配置的装置;用于至少部分地基于与关联于该蜂窝小区的DRX配置相关联的寻呼时机来从禁用接收状态启用针对该蜂窝小区的接收的装置;用于在该寻呼时机的第一码元上接收CRS的装置;以及用于至少部分地基于在该寻呼时机内具有静态位置的指示符信道来标识该蜂窝小区的控制信道的码元偏移的装置。An apparatus for wireless communication is described. The apparatus may include: means for identifying a configuration for communications using a cell operating in a shared spectrum band; means for enabling reception for the cell from a disabled reception state based at least in part on a paging occasion associated with a DRX configuration associated with the cell; means for receiving a CRS on a first symbol of the paging occasion; and means for identifying a symbol offset for a control channel of the cell based at least in part on an indicator channel having a static position within the paging occasion.
描述了另一种用于无线通信的装置。该装置可包括处理器、与该处理器处于电子通信的存储器、以及存储在该存储器中的指令,这些指令在被处理器执行时可操作用于使该装置:标识使用在共享频谱带中操作的蜂窝小区的通信的配置;用于至少部分地基于与关联于该蜂窝小区的DRX配置相关联的寻呼时机来从禁用接收状态启用针对该蜂窝小区的接收的装置;在该寻呼时机的第一码元上接收CRS;以及至少部分地基于在该寻呼时机内具有静态位置的指示符信道来标识该蜂窝小区的控制信道的码元偏移。Another apparatus for wireless communication is described. The apparatus may include a processor, memory in electronic communication with the processor, and instructions stored in the memory that, when executed by the processor, are operable to cause the apparatus to: identify a configuration for communications using a cell operating in a shared spectrum band; enable reception for the cell from a disabled reception state based at least in part on a paging occasion associated with a DRX configuration associated with the cell; receive a CRS on a first symbol of the paging occasion; and identify a symbol offset for a control channel of the cell based at least in part on an indicator channel having a static position within the paging occasion.
描述了一种存储用于无线通信的代码的非瞬态计算机可读介质。该代码可包括可被执行以用于以下操作的指令:标识使用在共享频谱带中操作的蜂窝小区的通信的配置;用于至少部分地基于与关联于该蜂窝小区的DRX配置相关联的寻呼时机来从禁用接收状态启用针对该蜂窝小区的接收的装置;在该寻呼时机的第一码元上接收CRS;以及至少部分地基于在该寻呼时机内具有静态位置的指示符信道来标识该蜂窝小区的控制信道的码元偏移。A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communication is described. The code may include instructions executable to: identify a configuration for communications using a cell operating in a shared spectrum band; enable reception for the cell from a disabled reception state based at least in part on a paging occasion associated with a DRX configuration associated with the cell; receive a CRS on a first symbol of the paging occasion; and identify a symbol offset for a control channel of the cell based at least in part on an indicator channel having a static position within the paging occasion.
在本文描述的方法、装置、或非瞬态计算机可读介质的一些示例中,该控制信道包括ePDCCH。In some examples of the methods, apparatus, or non-transitory computer-readable media described herein, the control channel includes an ePDCCH.
描述了一种无线通信方法。该方法可包括:接收与共享频谱带的一个或多个蜂窝小区相关联的发现信号测量定时配置(DMTC);确定与该一个或多个蜂窝小区的发现参考信号(DRS)相关联的子帧;以及至少部分地基于与该一个或多个蜂窝小区中的至少一个蜂窝小区相关联的蜂窝小区标识符来确定该子帧内针对该至少一个蜂窝小区的DRS的起始码元。A wireless communication method is described. The method may include receiving a discovery signal measurement timing configuration (DMTC) associated with one or more cells of a shared spectrum band, determining a subframe associated with a discovery reference signal (DRS) for the one or more cells, and determining a starting symbol for the DRS for at least one of the one or more cells within the subframe based at least in part on a cell identifier associated with the at least one cell.
描述了一种用于无线通信的装备。该装备可包括:用于接收与共享频谱带的一个或多个蜂窝小区相关联的发现信号测量定时配置(DMTC)的装置;用于确定与该一个或多个蜂窝小区的DRS相关联的子帧的装置;以及用于至少部分地基于与该一个或多个蜂窝小区中的至少一个蜂窝小区相关联的蜂窝小区标识符来确定该子帧内针对该至少一个蜂窝小区的DRS的起始码元的装置。An apparatus for wireless communication is described. The apparatus may include: means for receiving a discovery signal measurement timing configuration (DMTC) associated with one or more cells of a shared spectrum band; means for determining a subframe associated with a discovery signal measurement timing configuration (DRS) for the one or more cells; and means for determining a starting symbol for the DRS for at least one of the one or more cells within the subframe based at least in part on a cell identifier associated with the at least one cell.
描述了另一种用于无线通信的装置。该装置可包括处理器、与该处理器处于电子通信的存储器、以及存储在该存储器中的指令,这些指令在被处理器执行时可操作用于使该装置:接收与共享频谱带的一个或多个蜂窝小区相关联的发现信号测量定时配置(DMTC);确定与该一个或多个蜂窝小区的DRS相关联的子帧;以及至少部分地基于与该一个或多个蜂窝小区中的至少一个蜂窝小区相关联的蜂窝小区标识符来确定该子帧内针对该至少一个蜂窝小区的DRS的起始码元。Another apparatus for wireless communication is described. The apparatus may include a processor, memory in electronic communication with the processor, and instructions stored in the memory that, when executed by the processor, are operable to cause the apparatus to: receive a discovery signal measurement timing configuration (DMTC) associated with one or more cells of a shared spectrum band; determine a subframe associated with a discovery signal measurement timing configuration (DRS) for the one or more cells; and determine a starting symbol for the DRS for at least one of the one or more cells within the subframe based at least in part on a cell identifier associated with the at least one cell.
描述了一种存储用于无线通信的代码的非瞬态计算机可读介质。该代码可包括可被执行以用于以下操作的指令:接收与共享频谱带的一个或多个蜂窝小区相关联的发现信号测量定时配置(DMTC);确定与该一个或多个蜂窝小区的DRS相关联的子帧;以及至少部分地基于与该一个或多个蜂窝小区中的至少一个蜂窝小区相关联的蜂窝小区标识符来确定该子帧内针对该至少一个蜂窝小区的DRS的起始码元。A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communication is described. The code may include instructions executable to: receive a discovery signal measurement timing configuration (DMTC) associated with one or more cells of a shared spectrum band; determine a subframe associated with a discovery signal measurement timing configuration (DRS) for the one or more cells; and determine a starting symbol for the DRS for at least one of the one or more cells within the subframe based at least in part on a cell identifier associated with the at least one cell.
在本文描述的方法、装置、或非瞬态计算机可读介质的一些示例中,DMTC与该一个或多个蜂窝小区中的多个蜂窝小区相关联。附加地或替换地,在一些示例中,该多个蜂窝小区包括两个不同频带中的至少两个蜂窝小区,这两个不同频带具有独立的聚集发射功率限制。In some examples of methods, apparatus, or non-transitory computer-readable media described herein, a DMTC is associated with multiple cells of the one or more cells. Additionally or alternatively, in some examples, the multiple cells include at least two cells in two different frequency bands, the two different frequency bands having independent aggregate transmit power limits.
描述了一种无线通信方法。该方法可包括:操作共享频谱带上的多个蜂窝小区,其中该多个蜂窝小区的DRS根据共享发现信号测量定时配置(DMTC)来传送,并且其中该多个蜂窝小区中的每一者用不同的起始码元偏移来传送;以及用与该多个蜂窝小区中的每一者的共享数据信道的发射功率电平相独立的DRS功率电平来传送该多个蜂窝小区中的每一者的DRS。A method of wireless communication is described. The method may include operating multiple cells on a shared spectrum band, wherein DRSs for the multiple cells are transmitted according to a shared discovery signal measurement timing configuration (DMTC), and wherein each of the multiple cells transmits with a different starting symbol offset; and transmitting the DRS for each of the multiple cells at a DRS power level that is independent of a transmit power level of a shared data channel for each of the multiple cells.
描述了一种用于无线通信的装备。该装备可包括:用于操作共享频谱带上的多个蜂窝小区的装置,其中该多个蜂窝小区的DRS根据共享发现信号测量定时配置(DMTC)来传送,并且其中该多个蜂窝小区中的每一者用不同的起始码元偏移来传送;以及用于用与该多个蜂窝小区中的每一者的共享数据信道的发射功率电平相独立的DRS功率电平来传送该多个蜂窝小区中的每一者的DRS的装置。An apparatus for wireless communication is described. The apparatus may include: means for operating a plurality of cells on a shared spectrum band, wherein DRSs for the plurality of cells are transmitted according to a shared discovery signal measurement timing configuration (DMTC), and wherein each of the plurality of cells transmits with a different starting symbol offset; and means for transmitting the DRS for each of the plurality of cells at a DRS power level that is independent of a transmit power level of a shared data channel for each of the plurality of cells.
描述了另一种用于无线通信的装置。该装置可包括处理器、与该处理器处于电子通信的存储器、以及存储在该存储器中的指令,这些指令在被处理器执行时可操作用于使该装置:操作共享频谱带上的多个蜂窝小区,其中该多个蜂窝小区的DRS根据共享发现信号测量定时配置(DMTC)来传送,并且其中该多个蜂窝小区中的每一者用不同的起始码元偏移来传送;以及用与该多个蜂窝小区中的每一者的共享数据信道的发射功率电平相独立的DRS功率电平来传送该多个蜂窝小区中的每一者的DRS。Another apparatus for wireless communication is described. The apparatus may include a processor, memory in electronic communication with the processor, and instructions stored in the memory that, when executed by the processor, are operable to cause the apparatus to: operate a plurality of cells on a shared spectrum band, wherein DRSs for the plurality of cells are transmitted according to a shared discovery signal measurement timing configuration (DMTC), and wherein each of the plurality of cells transmits with a different starting symbol offset; and transmit a DRS for each of the plurality of cells at a DRS power level that is independent of a transmit power level of a shared data channel for each of the plurality of cells.
描述了一种存储用于无线通信的代码的非瞬态计算机可读介质。该代码可包括可被执行以用于以下操作的指令:操作共享频谱带上的多个蜂窝小区,其中该多个蜂窝小区的DRS根据共享发现信号测量定时配置(DMTC)来传送,并且其中该多个蜂窝小区中的每一者用不同的起始码元偏移来传送;以及用与该多个蜂窝小区中的每一者的共享数据信道的发射功率电平相独立的DRS功率电平来传送该多个蜂窝小区中的每一者的DRS。A non-transitory computer-readable medium storing code for wireless communication is described. The code may include instructions executable to: operate a plurality of cells on a shared spectrum band, wherein DRSs for the plurality of cells are transmitted according to a shared discovery signal measurement timing configuration (DMTC), and wherein each of the plurality of cells transmits with a different starting symbol offset; and transmit a DRS for each of the plurality of cells at a DRS power level that is independent of a transmit power level of a shared data channel for each of the plurality of cells.
本文描述的方法、装置、或非瞬态计算机可读介质的一些示例可进一步包括用于以下操作的过程、特征、装置、或指令:至少部分地基于DRS功率电平和预定义发射功率电平针对该多个蜂窝小区中的每一者调节共享数据信道的发射功率电平。Some examples of the methods, apparatus, or non-transitory computer-readable media described herein may further include processes, features, apparatus, or instructions for adjusting the transmit power level of the shared data channel for each of the plurality of cells based at least in part on the DRS power level and the predefined transmit power level.
附图简述BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
本公开的各方面参照以下附图来描述:Aspects of the present disclosure are described with reference to the following drawings:
图1解说了根据本公开的各种方面的支持无执照LTE的控制流增强的无线通信系统的示例;1 illustrates an example of a wireless communication system supporting control flow enhancements for unlicensed LTE in accordance with various aspects of the present disclosure;
图2示出了根据本公开的各种方面的其中可使用共享频谱带来在不同场景下部署LTE/LTE-A的无线通信系统;2 illustrates a wireless communication system in which LTE/LTE-A may be deployed in different scenarios using shared spectrum bands according to various aspects of the present disclosure;
图3A示出了根据本公开的各种方面的上行链路中的通信的时间线;FIG3A illustrates a timeline of communications in an uplink according to various aspects of the present disclosure;
图3B示出了根据本公开的各种方面的上行链路中的通信的时间线;FIG3B illustrates a timeline of communications in an uplink according to various aspects of the present disclosure;
图3C示出了根据本公开的各种方面的共享射频谱带的上行链路中的通信、以及LBT规程的执行继之以信道保留信号的传输的时间线;3C illustrates a timeline of communications in an uplink of a shared radio frequency spectrum band, and execution of an LBT procedure followed by transmission of a channel reservation signal, in accordance with various aspects of the present disclosure;
图4A示出了根据本公开的各种方面的其中可在载波聚集模式中部署LTE/LTE-A的无线通信系统;4A illustrates a wireless communication system in which LTE/LTE-A may be deployed in a carrier aggregation mode in accordance with various aspects of the present disclosure;
图4B示出了根据本公开的各种方面的其中可在多连通性场景(例如,协调多点(CoMP)场景)中部署LTE/LTE-A的无线通信系统;4B illustrates a wireless communication system in which LTE/LTE-A may be deployed in multiple connectivity scenarios (e.g., coordinated multi-point (CoMP) scenarios) according to various aspects of the present disclosure;
图5A示出了根据本公开的各种方面的CSI参考信号配置的跨子帧指示的示例;FIG5A illustrates an example of cross-subframe indication of a CSI reference signal configuration according to various aspects of the present disclosure;
图5B示出了根据本公开的各种方面的CSI参考信号配置的跨子帧指示的示例;FIG5B illustrates an example of a cross-subframe indication of a CSI reference signal configuration according to various aspects of the present disclosure;
图6示出了根据本公开的各种方面的联合和个体准予传输和处理的示例;FIG6 illustrates an example of joint and individual grant transmission and processing according to various aspects of the present disclosure;
图7示出根据本公开的各种方面的用于部分式控制信道监视的天线端口有限集合的示图;7 illustrates a diagram of a limited set of antenna ports for partial control channel monitoring in accordance with various aspects of the present disclosure;
图8A示出了根据本公开的各种方面的动态TTI使用的示例;FIG8A illustrates an example of dynamic TTI usage according to various aspects of the present disclosure;
图8B示出了根据本公开的各种方面的动态TTI使用的示例;FIG8B illustrates an example of dynamic TTI usage according to various aspects of the present disclosure;
图9示出了根据本公开的各种方面的动态TTI使用的示例;FIG9 illustrates an example of dynamic TTI usage according to various aspects of the present disclosure;
图10示出了根据本公开的各种方面的DMTC时段内的发现窗口分配的示例;FIG10 illustrates an example of discovery window allocation within a DMTC period according to various aspects of the present disclosure;
图11示出了根据本公开的各种方面的其中可在多个蜂窝小区中的每一者中传送DRS的示例发现窗口;FIG11 illustrates an example discovery window in which a DRS may be transmitted in each of a plurality of cells in accordance with various aspects of the present disclosure;
图12-19示出了根据本公开的各种方面的支持无执照LTE的控制流增强的无线设备和组件的框图;12-19 illustrate block diagrams of wireless devices and components supporting control flow enhancements for unlicensed LTE according to various aspects of the present disclosure;
图20解说了根据本公开的各种方面的包括支持无执照LTE的控制流增强的用户装备(UE)的系统的框图;20 illustrates a block diagram of a system including user equipment (UE) supporting control flow enhancements for unlicensed LTE in accordance with various aspects of the present disclosure;
图21示出了根据本公开的各种方面的支持无执照LTE的控制流增强的无线设备的框图;FIG21 illustrates a block diagram of a wireless device supporting control flow enhancements for unlicensed LTE in accordance with various aspects of the present disclosure;
图22解说了根据本公开的各种方面的包括支持无执照LTE的控制流增强的基站的系统的框图;以及22 illustrates a block diagram of a system including a base station supporting control flow enhancements for unlicensed LTE in accordance with various aspects of the present disclosure; and
图23-32解说了根据本公开的各种方面的用于无执照LTE的控制流增强的方法。23-32 illustrate methods for control flow enhancement for unlicensed LTE according to various aspects of the present disclosure.
详细描述Detailed description
所描述的特征一般涉及用于LTE-U操作的控制流增强的改进型系统、方法、或装置。这些技术包括用于无执照蜂窝小区中的浮动TTI操作的控制流处理(包括ePDCCH处理、非周期性信道状态信息(CSI)报告、DRX操作、以及在传输突发的末尾处的扩展TTI)的增强。所描述的技术还包括用于无执照蜂窝小区的参考信号配置、多个无执照蜂窝小区的联合准予的处理、部分式子帧的ePDCCH处理、以及多信道DRS操作的增强。The described features generally relate to improved systems, methods, or apparatus for control flow enhancements for LTE-U operation. These techniques include enhancements to control flow handling for floating TTI operation in unlicensed cells, including ePDCCH handling, aperiodic channel state information (CSI) reporting, DRX operation, and extended TTI at the end of a transmission burst. The described techniques also include enhancements to reference signal configuration for unlicensed cells, handling of joint grants for multiple unlicensed cells, ePDCCH handling for partial subframes, and multi-channel DRS operation.
本公开的诸方面最初在无线通信系统的上下文中进行描述。随后描述LTE-U操作的控制流增强的具体示例。本公开的这些及其他方面进一步通过并参照与用于无执照长期演进(LTE)的控制流增强有关的装置示图、系统示图、以及流程图来解说和描述。Aspects of the present disclosure are initially described in the context of wireless communication systems. Specific examples of control flow enhancements for LTE-U operation are subsequently described. These and other aspects of the present disclosure are further illustrated and described by and with reference to apparatus diagrams, system diagrams, and flow diagrams related to control flow enhancements for unlicensed Long Term Evolution (LTE).
图1解说了根据本公开的各种方面的支持对LAA的RRM测量和报告的无线通信系统100的示例。无线通信系统100包括基站105、至少一个用户装备(UE)115、和核心网130。核心网130可提供用户认证、接入授权、跟踪、网际协议(IP)连通性,以及其他接入、路由、或移动性功能。基站105通过回程链路132(例如,S1等)与核心网130对接。基站105可执行无线电配置和调度以用于与UE 115通信,或者可在基站控制器(未示出)的控制下进行操作。在各种示例中,基站105可在回程链路134(例如,X1等)上直接或间接地(例如,通过核心网130)彼此通信,回程链路134可以是有线或无线通信链路。1 illustrates an example of a wireless communication system 100 that supports RRM measurements and reporting for LAA according to various aspects of the present disclosure. The wireless communication system 100 includes a base station 105, at least one user equipment (UE) 115, and a core network 130. The core network 130 can provide user authentication, access authorization, tracking, Internet Protocol (IP) connectivity, and other access, routing, or mobility functions. The base station 105 interfaces with the core network 130 via a backhaul link 132 (e.g., S1, etc.). The base station 105 can perform radio configuration and scheduling for communication with the UE 115, or can operate under the control of a base station controller (not shown). In various examples, the base stations 105 can communicate with each other directly or indirectly (e.g., through the core network 130) on a backhaul link 134 (e.g., X1, etc.), which can be a wired or wireless communication link.
基站105可经由一个或多个基站天线与UE 115进行无线通信。每个基站105可为各自相应的地理覆盖区域110提供通信覆盖。无线通信系统100可包括不同类型的基站105(例如,宏基站或小型蜂窝小区基站)。可能存在不同技术的交叠的地理覆盖区域110。无线通信系统100中示出的通信链路125可包括从UE 115到基站105的上行链路(UL)传输、或者从基站105到UE 115的下行链路(DL)传输。Base stations 105 can communicate wirelessly with UEs 115 via one or more base station antennas. Each base station 105 can provide communication coverage for a respective geographic coverage area 110. The wireless communication system 100 can include base stations 105 of different types (e.g., macro base stations or small cell base stations). There can be overlapping geographic coverage areas 110 of different technologies. The communication links 125 shown in the wireless communication system 100 can include uplink (UL) transmissions from a UE 115 to a base station 105, or downlink (DL) transmissions from a base station 105 to a UE 115.
在无线通信系统100的一些示例中,基站105或UE 115可包括多个天线以采用天线分集方案来改善基站105与UE 115之间的通信质量和可靠性。附加地或替换地,基站105或UE 115可采用多输入多输出(MIMO)技术,该MIMO技术可利用多径环境来传送携带相同或不同经编码数据的多个空间层。In some examples of the wireless communication system 100, the base station 105 or the UE 115 may include multiple antennas to employ an antenna diversity scheme to improve the quality and reliability of communication between the base station 105 and the UE 115. Additionally or alternatively, the base station 105 or the UE 115 may employ multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) technology, which may utilize a multipath environment to transmit multiple spatial layers carrying the same or different coded data.
无线通信系统100可支持同步或异步操作。对于同步操作,基站105可以具有类似的帧定时,并且来自不同基站105的传输可以在时间上大致对准。对于异步操作,基站105可以具有不同的帧定时,并且来自不同基站105的传输可以不在时间上对准。本文描述的技术可被用于同步或异步操作。The wireless communication system 100 may support synchronous or asynchronous operation. For synchronous operation, the base stations 105 may have similar frame timing, and transmissions from different base stations 105 may be approximately aligned in time. For asynchronous operation, the base stations 105 may have different frame timing, and transmissions from different base stations 105 may not be aligned in time. The techniques described herein may be used for either synchronous or asynchronous operation.
可容适各种所公开示例中的一些示例的通信网络可以是根据分层协议栈进行操作的基于分组的网络,并且用户面中的数据可基于IP。无线电链路控制(RLC)层可执行分组分段和重组装以在逻辑信道上进行通信。媒体接入控制(MAC)层可执行优先级处置并将逻辑信道复用到传输信道中。MAC层还可使用混合自动重复请求(HARQ)以提供MAC层的重传,从而提高链路效率。在控制面,无线电资源控制(RRC)协议层可以提供UE 115与基站105之间的RRC连接的建立、配置和维护。RRC协议层还可被用于核心网130对用户面数据的无线电承载的支持。在物理(PHY)层,传输信道可被映射到物理信道。A communication network that can accommodate some of the various disclosed examples can be a packet-based network operating according to a layered protocol stack, and the data in the user plane can be IP-based. The radio link control (RLC) layer can perform packet segmentation and reassembly to communicate on logical channels. The medium access control (MAC) layer can perform priority handling and multiplex logical channels into transport channels. The MAC layer can also use hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) to provide retransmissions at the MAC layer, thereby improving link efficiency. In the control plane, the radio resource control (RRC) protocol layer can provide establishment, configuration, and maintenance of the RRC connection between the UE 115 and the base station 105. The RRC protocol layer can also be used for the core network 130 to support radio bearers for user plane data. In the physical (PHY) layer, transport channels can be mapped to physical channels.
在一些示例中,无线通信系统100是LTE/高级LTE(LTE-A)网络。在LTE/LTE-A网络中,术语演进型B节点(eNB)可一般用来描述基站105,而术语UE可一般用来描述UE 115。UE115可以是蜂窝电话、个人数字助理(PDA)、无线调制解调器、无线通信设备、手持式设备、平板计算机、膝上型计算机、无绳电话、无线本地环路(WLL)站、等等。UE可以能够与各种类型的基站和网络装备(包括宏eNB、小型蜂窝小区eNB、中继基站等)通信。无线通信系统100可以是异构LTE/LTE-A网络,其中不同类型的eNB提供对各种地理区划的覆盖。例如,每个eNB或基站105可提供对宏蜂窝小区、小型蜂窝小区、或其他类型的蜂窝小区的通信覆盖。取决于上下文,术语“蜂窝小区”可被用于描述基站、与基站相关联的载波或分量载波、或者载波或基站的覆盖区域(例如,扇区等)。In some examples, wireless communication system 100 is an LTE/LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) network. In an LTE/LTE-A network, the term evolved Node B (eNB) may be used generally to describe base station 105, while the term UE may be used generally to describe UE 115. UE 115 may be a cellular phone, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wireless modem, a wireless communication device, a handheld device, a tablet computer, a laptop computer, a cordless phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, or the like. UEs may be capable of communicating with various types of base stations and network equipment, including macro eNBs, small cell eNBs, relay base stations, and the like. Wireless communication system 100 may be a heterogeneous LTE/LTE-A network, in which different types of eNBs provide coverage for various geographic regions. For example, each eNB or base station 105 may provide communication coverage for a macro cell, a small cell, or other types of cells. Depending on the context, the term "cell" may be used to describe a base station, a carrier or component carrier associated with a base station, or a coverage area (e.g., a sector, etc.) of a carrier or base station.
尝试接入无线网络的UE 115可通过检测来自基站105的主同步信号(PSS)来执行初始蜂窝小区搜索。PSS可实现时隙定时的同步,并且可指示物理层身份值。UE 115可随后接收副同步信号(SSS)。SSS可实现无线电帧同步,并且可提供蜂窝小区身份值,其可以与物理层身份值相组合以标识该蜂窝小区。SSS还可实现对双工模式和循环前缀长度的检测。PSS和SSS两者可分别位于载波的中心62和72个副载波中。在一些情形中,PSS、SSS和其它信号(诸如用于信道估计的因蜂窝小区而异的参考信号(CRS))可根据减小周期性的传输调度来配置以节省能量或减少蜂窝小区间干扰。此类配置可被称为发现参考信号(DRS)配置。A UE 115 attempting to access a wireless network may perform an initial cell search by detecting a primary synchronization signal (PSS) from a base station 105. The PSS enables synchronization of slot timing and may indicate a physical layer identity value. The UE 115 may then receive a secondary synchronization signal (SSS). The SSS enables radio frame synchronization and may provide a cell identity value, which may be combined with the physical layer identity value to identify the cell. The SSS may also enable detection of duplex mode and cyclic prefix length. Both the PSS and SSS may be located in the center 62 and 72 subcarriers of a carrier, respectively. In some cases, the PSS, SSS, and other signals (such as a cell-specific reference signal (CRS) used for channel estimation) may be configured according to a transmission schedule with reduced periodicity to save energy or reduce inter-cell interference. Such a configuration may be referred to as a discovery reference signal (DRS) configuration.
UE 115可进入空闲模式并在空闲模式中使用不连续接收(DRX)以减少功耗。在DRX操作中,UE被配置成根据DRX循环周期性地苏醒以接收寻呼消息,DRX循环可以是用于蜂窝小区的默认DRX循环或是因UE而异的DRX循环。UE根据DRX循环和从指派给UE 115的唯一性国际移动订户身份(IMSI)确定的因UE而异的标识符来确定它将苏醒以检查寻呼消息的寻呼帧。UE 115检查特定寻呼时机,寻呼时机是根据DRX循环和因UE而异的标识符来确定的寻呼帧内的子帧。如果服务网关(S-GW)接收到给UE 115的数据,则S-GW可通知移动性管理实体(MME),该MME可向被称为跟踪区域的区域内的每个基站105发送寻呼消息。跟踪区域内的每个基站105可在寻呼时机期间向UE 115发送寻呼消息。因此,UE可在其离开跟踪区域之前保持处于空闲而不更新MME。UE 115 may enter idle mode and use discontinuous reception (DRX) in idle mode to reduce power consumption. In DRX operation, the UE is configured to periodically wake up to receive paging messages according to a DRX cycle, which may be a default DRX cycle for the cell or a UE-specific DRX cycle. The UE determines the paging frame in which it will wake up to check for paging messages based on the DRX cycle and a UE-specific identifier determined from the unique International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) assigned to the UE 115. The UE 115 checks for a specific paging occasion, which is a subframe within a paging frame determined based on the DRX cycle and the UE-specific identifier. If a serving gateway (S-GW) receives data for the UE 115, the S-GW may notify the mobility management entity (MME), which may send a paging message to each base station 105 within an area known as a tracking area. Each base station 105 within the tracking area may send a paging message to the UE 115 during the paging occasion. Therefore, the UE may remain idle without updating the MME until it leaves the tracking area.
在一些情形中,UE 115可被配置成处于连通模式DRX。在连通模式DRX中,DRX循环包括UE 115可监视控制信息(例如,在物理下行链路控制信道(PDCCH)上)的“On(开启)历时”和UE 115可将无线电组件下电时的“DRX时段”。在一些情形中,UE 115可以配置有短DRX循环以及长DRX循环。在一些情形中,UE 115可以在它针对一个或多个短DRX循环不活跃的情况下进入长DRX循环。短DRX循环、长DRX循环以及连续接收之间的转变可由内部定时器或通过来自基站105的消息收发来控制。UE 115可以在开启历时期间在PDCCH上接收调度消息。当在PDCCH上监视调度消息之时,UE 115可发起“DRX不活跃定时器”。如果成功接收到调度消息,则UE 115可以准备接收数据并且DRX不活跃定时器可被重置。当DRX不活跃定时器期满而未接收到调度消息时,UE 115可移至短DRX循环并且可启动“DRX短循环定时器”。当DRX短循环定时器期满时,UE 115可恢复长DRX循环。In some cases, UE 115 may be configured to be in connected mode DRX. In connected mode DRX, the DRX cycle includes an "On duration" during which UE 115 may monitor control information (e.g., on a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH)) and a "DRX period" during which UE 115 may power down the radio components. In some cases, UE 115 may be configured with a short DRX cycle and a long DRX cycle. In some cases, UE 115 may enter a long DRX cycle if it is inactive for one or more short DRX cycles. The transition between short DRX cycle, long DRX cycle, and continuous reception may be controlled by an internal timer or by messaging from base station 105. UE 115 may receive a scheduling message on PDCCH during the On duration. When monitoring the scheduling message on PDCCH, UE 115 may initiate a "DRX inactivity timer." If the scheduling message is successfully received, UE 115 may be ready to receive data and the DRX inactivity timer may be reset. When the DRX inactivity timer expires without receiving a scheduling message, the UE 115 may move to a short DRX cycle and may start a “DRX short cycle timer.” When the DRX short cycle timer expires, the UE 115 may resume a long DRX cycle.
基站105可插入周期性导频码元(诸如因蜂窝小区而异的参考信号(CRS))以辅助UE 115进行信道估计和相干解调。基于传送方蜂窝小区的物理蜂窝小区身份(其可以是504个不同的蜂窝小区身份之一),来自不同蜂窝小区的CRS可具有不同序列和/或在不同传输资源上传送。CRS可使用正交相移键控(QPSK)来调制并进行功率推升(例如,以比探通数据元素高6dB的功率来传送)以使得它们更耐噪声和干扰。CRS可基于接收方UE 115的天线端口或层的数目(最高达4)而被嵌入在每个资源块的4到16个资源元素中。除了可由基站105的覆盖区域110中的所有UE 115利用的CRS之外,解调参考信号(DMRS)(也被称为因UE而异的参考信号(UE-RS))可被定向至特定UE 115并且可以只在被指派给那些UE 115的资源块上传送。DMRS可包括其中传送信号的每一资源块中的6个资源元素上的信号。用于不同天线端口的DM-RS各自可利用相同的6个资源元素,并且可使用不同的正交覆盖码来进行区分(例如,在不同的资源元素中用1或-1的不同组合来对每一信号进行掩码)。在一些情形中,两个DMRS集合可以在邻接的资源元素中传送。在一些情形中,可包括被称为CSI参考信号(CSI-RS)的附加参考信号以帮助确定要报告的CSI参数。在UL上,UE 115可传送周期性探通参考信号(SRS)和UL DMRS的组合以分别用于链路适配和解调。The base station 105 may insert periodic pilot symbols, such as cell-specific reference signals (CRS), to assist the UE 115 in channel estimation and coherent demodulation. Based on the physical cell identity of the transmitting cell (which may be one of 504 different cell identities), CRSs from different cells may have different sequences and/or be transmitted on different transmission resources. CRSs may be modulated using quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK) and power-boosted (e.g., transmitted at 6 dB higher power than the sounding data elements) to make them more robust to noise and interference. CRSs may be embedded in 4 to 16 resource elements per resource block based on the number of antenna ports or layers of the receiving UE 115 (up to 4). In addition to the CRS, which can be utilized by all UEs 115 in the coverage area 110 of the base station 105, a demodulation reference signal (DMRS), also known as a UE-specific reference signal (UE-RS), can be directed to specific UEs 115 and can be transmitted only on resource blocks assigned to those UEs 115. The DMRS may include signals on six resource elements in each resource block in which a signal is transmitted. The DM-RS for different antenna ports may each utilize the same six resource elements and may use different orthogonal cover codes to distinguish them (e.g., masking each signal with a different combination of 1 or -1 in different resource elements). In some cases, two DMRS sets may be transmitted in contiguous resource elements. In some cases, an additional reference signal, known as a CSI reference signal (CSI-RS), may be included to help determine the CSI parameters to be reported. On the UL, the UE 115 may transmit a combination of a periodic sounding reference signal (SRS) and UL DMRS for link adaptation and demodulation, respectively.
基站105可从UE 115收集信道状况信息以高效地配置和调度该信道。这一信息可以按CSI报告的形式发送自UE 115。CSI报告可包含请求要被用于DL传输的层数的秩指示符(RI)(例如,基于UE 115的天线端口)、指示应当使用哪个预编码器矩阵的偏好的预编码矩阵指示符(PMI)(基于层数)、或表示可被使用的最高调制和编码方案(MCS)的信道质量指示符(CQI)。CQI可由UE 115在接收到预定导频码元(诸如CRS或CSI-RS)之后计算。如果UE 115不支持空间复用(或者没有处于支持空间模式中),则RI和PMI可被排除。该报告中包括的信息的类型确定报告类型。CSI报告可以是周期性或非周期性的。即,基站105可以配置UE 115以规则的间隔发送周期性报告,且还可以按需请求附加报告。非周期性报告可包括指示跨整个蜂窝小区带宽的信道质量的宽带报告、指示最佳子带子集的UE选择的报告、或者其中所报告的子带由基站105选择的经配置报告。The base station 105 can collect channel condition information from the UE 115 to efficiently configure and schedule the channel. This information can be sent from the UE 115 in the form of a CSI report. The CSI report can include a rank indicator (RI) requesting the number of layers to be used for DL transmission (e.g., based on the antenna port of the UE 115), a precoding matrix indicator (PMI) indicating a preference for which precoder matrix should be used (based on the number of layers), or a channel quality indicator (CQI) indicating the highest modulation and coding scheme (MCS) that can be used. The CQI can be calculated by the UE 115 after receiving predetermined pilot symbols (such as CRS or CSI-RS). If the UE 115 does not support spatial multiplexing (or is not in a mode that supports spatial multiplexing), the RI and PMI can be excluded. The type of information included in the report determines the report type. CSI reports can be periodic or aperiodic. That is, the base station 105 can configure the UE 115 to send periodic reports at regular intervals and can also request additional reports as needed. Aperiodic reports may include wideband reports indicating channel quality across the entire cell bandwidth, reports indicating UE selection of the best subband subset, or configured reports where the reported subbands are selected by the base station 105 .
在一些情形中,无线通信网络100可包括小型蜂窝小区,它们的覆盖区域110可与一个或多个宏基站105的覆盖区域110交叠。在一些情形中,小型蜂窝小区可被添加到具有高用户需求的区域中或未被宏基站105充分覆盖的区域中。例如,小型蜂窝小区可位于购物中心、或其中信号传输被地形或建筑物阻挡的区域中。在一些情形中,小型蜂窝小区可通过允许宏基站105在负载高时卸载话务来改进网络性能。包括大型蜂窝小区和小型蜂窝小区两者的网络可被称为异构网络。异构网络还可包括家用演进型B节点(HeNB),该HeNB可向被称为封闭订户群(CSG)的受限群提供服务。例如,办公建筑可包含仅供该建筑物的占用者使用的各小型蜂窝小区。在一些情形中,异构网络可涉及比同构网络更复杂的网络规划和干扰减轻技术。In some cases, the wireless communication network 100 may include small cells whose coverage areas 110 may overlap with the coverage areas 110 of one or more macro base stations 105. In some cases, small cells may be added in areas with high user demand or in areas not adequately covered by macro base stations 105. For example, small cells may be located in shopping malls or in areas where signal transmission is blocked by terrain or buildings. In some cases, small cells may improve network performance by allowing macro base stations 105 to offload traffic when the load is high. A network that includes both large cells and small cells may be referred to as a heterogeneous network. A heterogeneous network may also include a Home Evolved Node B (HeNB), which may provide service to a restricted group called a Closed Subscriber Group (CSG). For example, an office building may contain small cells that are only used by the building's occupants. In some cases, heterogeneous networks may involve more complex network planning and interference mitigation techniques than homogeneous networks.
无线通信系统100可支持多个蜂窝小区或载波上的操作,这是可被称为载波聚集(CA)或多载波操作的特征。载波也可被称为分量载波(CC)、层、信道等。术语“分量载波”可以指UE在CA操作中所利用的多个载波中的每个载波,并且可以异于系统带宽的其他部分。例如,分量载波可以是易于独立地或者与其他分量载波相结合地利用的相对窄带宽的载波。每个分量载波可提供与基于长期演进(LTE)标准的版本8或版本9的单个载波相同的能力。多个分量载波可被聚集或被并发地利用以向一些UE 115提供更大的带宽以及更高的数据率。由此,个体分量载波可以后向兼容于传统UE 115(例如,实现LTE发行版8或发行版9的UE 115);而其他UE 115(例如,实现发行版8/9后LTE版本的UE 115)可在多载波模式中配置有多个分量载波。用于下行链路(DL)的载波可被称为DL CC,而用于上行链路(UL)的载波可被称为UL CC。UE 115可配置有多个DL CC以及一个或多个UL CC以用于载波聚集。每个载波可被用于传送控制信息(例如,参考信号、控制信道等)、开销信息、数据等。UE 115可利用多个载波与单个基站105通信,并且还可在不同载波上同时与多个基站通信。UE 115可配置有用于载波聚集的多个下行链路CC以及一个或多个上行链路CC。载波聚集可与FDD和TDD分量载波两者联用。The wireless communication system 100 may support operation across multiple cells or carriers, a feature that may be referred to as carrier aggregation (CA) or multi-carrier operation. A carrier may also be referred to as a component carrier (CC), layer, channel, etc. The term "component carrier" may refer to each of the multiple carriers utilized by a UE in CA operation and may be distinct from other portions of the system bandwidth. For example, a component carrier may be a relatively narrow bandwidth carrier that is readily utilized independently or in combination with other component carriers. Each component carrier may provide the same capabilities as a single carrier based on Release 8 or Release 9 of the Long Term Evolution (LTE) standard. Multiple component carriers may be aggregated or utilized concurrently to provide greater bandwidth and higher data rates to some UEs 115. Thus, individual component carriers may be backward compatible with legacy UEs 115 (e.g., UEs 115 implementing LTE Release 8 or Release 9), while other UEs 115 (e.g., UEs 115 implementing LTE versions post-Release 8/9) may be configured with multiple component carriers in multi-carrier mode. A carrier used for downlink (DL) may be referred to as a DL CC, while a carrier used for uplink (UL) may be referred to as a UL CC. UE 115 may be configured with multiple DL CCs and one or more UL CCs for carrier aggregation. Each carrier may be used to transmit control information (e.g., reference signals, control channels, etc.), overhead information, data, etc. UE 115 may utilize multiple carriers to communicate with a single base station 105, and may also communicate with multiple base stations simultaneously on different carriers. UE 115 may be configured with multiple downlink CCs and one or more uplink CCs for carrier aggregation. Carrier aggregation may be used with both FDD and TDD component carriers.
基站105的每一蜂窝小区包括可以是DL CC或者TDD CC的CC。该蜂窝小区可包括FDD操作中的UL CC。基站105的每个服务蜂窝小区的覆盖区域110可以是不同的(例如,不同频带上的CC可经历不同的路径损耗)。在一些示例中,一个载波被指定为UE 115的主载波或主分量载波(PCC),其可由主蜂窝小区(PCell)服务。主蜂窝小区可由较高层(例如,无线电资源控制(RRC)等)在每UE基础上半静态地配置。在物理上行链路控制信道(PUCCH)上传送的某些上行链路控制信息(UCI)(例如,确收(ACK)/NACK、信道质量指示符(CQI)、以及调度信息)由主蜂窝小区承载。附加载波可被指定为辅载波或副分量载波(SCC),其可由副蜂窝小区(SCell)服务。副蜂窝小区可同样地在每UE基础上半静态地配置。在一些情形中,副蜂窝小区可以不包括或不被配置成传送与主蜂窝小区相同的控制信息。在其他情形中,一个或多个副蜂窝小区(Scell)可被指定为携带物理上行链路控制信道(PUCCH),而SCell可基于哪个CC被用来携带相关联的UL控制信息来被组织成PUCCH群。一些无线网络可基于大量载波(例如,5到32个载波之间)、无执照频谱中的操作、或者对增强型CC的使用来利用增强型CA操作。Each cell of base station 105 includes a CC that can be a DL CC or a TDD CC. The cell can include a UL CC in FDD operation. The coverage area 110 of each serving cell of base station 105 can be different (e.g., CCs on different frequency bands can experience different path losses). In some examples, one carrier is designated as the primary carrier or primary component carrier (PCC) for UE 115, which can be served by a primary cell (PCell). The primary cell can be semi-statically configured on a per-UE basis by higher layers (e.g., radio resource control (RRC), etc.). Certain uplink control information (UCI) (e.g., acknowledgment (ACK)/NACK, channel quality indicator (CQI), and scheduling information) transmitted on a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) is carried by the primary cell. Additional carriers can be designated as secondary carriers or secondary component carriers (SCCs), which can be served by a secondary cell (SCell). The secondary cell can also be semi-statically configured on a per-UE basis. In some cases, the secondary cell may not include or be configured to transmit the same control information as the primary cell. In other cases, one or more secondary cells (Scells) may be designated to carry the Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH), and the SCells may be organized into PUCCH groups based on which CC is used to carry the associated UL control information. Some wireless networks may utilize enhanced Carrier Access Control (CA) operation based on a large number of carriers (e.g., between 5 and 32 carriers), operation in unlicensed spectrum, or the use of enhanced CCs.
在一些情形中,由使用主载波的配置蜂窝小区(例如,Pcell等)针对个体UE 115激活和停用经配置SCell。例如,针对经配置SCell的激活和停用命令可以在MAC信令中携带。当SCell被停用时,UE 115不需要监视针对SCell的控制信息。UE 115也不需要接收相应的下行链路CC,不能在相应的上行链路CC中进行传送,也不被要求执行信道质量信息(CQI)测量。在SCell停用之际,UE还可清空与SCell相关联的所有HARQ缓冲器。相反,当SCell活跃时,UE 115接收针对SCell的控制信息和/或数据传输,并且预期能够执行CQI测量。激活/停用机制基于MAC控制元素和停用定时器的组合。MAC控制元素携带用于SCell的个体激活和停用的位映射,以使得各SCell能被个别地激活和停用,并且单个激活/停用命令能够激活/停用SCell的子集。每SCell地维持一个停用定时器,但由RRC针对每UE配置一个共用值。In some cases, a configured SCell is activated and deactivated for an individual UE 115 by a configured cellular cell (e.g., a PCell, etc.) using a primary carrier. For example, activation and deactivation commands for a configured SCell may be carried in MAC signaling. When an SCell is deactivated, the UE 115 does not need to monitor control information for the SCell. The UE 115 also does not need to receive the corresponding downlink CC, cannot transmit in the corresponding uplink CC, and is not required to perform channel quality information (CQI) measurements. When the SCell is deactivated, the UE may also clear all HARQ buffers associated with the SCell. In contrast, when the SCell is active, the UE 115 receives control information and/or data transmission for the SCell and is expected to be able to perform CQI measurements. The activation/deactivation mechanism is based on a combination of a MAC control element and a deactivation timer. The MAC control element carries a bitmap for individual activation and deactivation of the SCell so that each SCell can be activated and deactivated individually, and a single activation/deactivation command can activate/deactivate a subset of the SCells. A deactivation timer is maintained per SCell, but a common value is configured per UE by RRC.
在一些情形中,UE 115或基站105可在共享频谱带中操作。如本文所使用的,术语“共享频谱带”意指无执照或共享频谱的一个或多个频带,其经受争用解决规程以接入该频带的共享频率资源。在共享频谱带中操作的蜂窝小区可被配置成在自立操作模式中使用(例如,用作一个或多个UE的主载波),或在执照辅助接入(LAA)模式中使用。其他设备也可在无执照或共享频谱中操作。作为示例,图1示出了包括经由无执照频谱中的通信链路165与Wi-Fi站(STA)155处于通信的Wi-Fi接入点(AP)150的网络。当经由无执照蜂窝小区进行通信时,设备在通信之前使用先听后讲(LBT)规程(例如,畅通信道评估(CCA)等)以确定信道是否可用。CCA可包括能量检测规程以确定是否存在任何其他活跃传输。例如,设备可推断超过某个水平的检出能量(例如,RSSI)指示信道被占用。具体地,集中在某个带宽中且超过预定噪声本底的信号功率可指示另一无线发射机当前正在该信道上进行传送。LBT规程还可包括检测指示信道使用的特定序列。例如,另一设备可在传送数据序列之前传送特定前置码。In some cases, the UE 115 or base station 105 may operate in a shared spectrum band. As used herein, the term "shared spectrum band" means one or more frequency bands of an unlicensed or shared spectrum that are subject to contention resolution procedures to access the shared frequency resources of the band. A cellular cell operating in a shared spectrum band may be configured to be used in a standalone operation mode (e.g., as a primary carrier for one or more UEs) or in a license-assisted access (LAA) mode. Other devices may also operate in an unlicensed or shared spectrum. As an example, FIG1 shows a network including a Wi-Fi access point (AP) 150 in communication with a Wi-Fi station (STA) 155 via a communication link 165 in an unlicensed spectrum. When communicating via an unlicensed cellular cell, the device uses a listen-before-talk (LBT) procedure (e.g., clear channel assessment (CCA) or the like) to determine whether the channel is available before communicating. CCA may include an energy detection procedure to determine whether there are any other active transmissions. For example, a device may infer that a detected energy (e.g., RSSI) exceeding a certain level indicates that the channel is occupied. Specifically, signal power concentrated in a certain bandwidth and exceeding a predetermined noise floor can indicate that another wireless transmitter is currently transmitting on the channel. LBT procedures can also include detecting a specific sequence that indicates channel usage. For example, another device can transmit a specific preamble before transmitting a data sequence.
在一些示例中,UE 115可被配置成使用专用频谱中的PCell以及共享频谱带中的一个或多个SCell来进行CA。使用LAA蜂窝小区的UE 115或eNB 105可对共享频谱带中的传输利用LBT规程。这些设备可在通信之前执行LBT规程以确定信道是否可用。LBT规程可包括能量检测和前置码检测规程以确定是否存在任何其他活跃传输。In some examples, UE 115 can be configured to use a PCell in a dedicated spectrum and one or more SCells in a shared spectrum band for CA. A UE 115 or eNB 105 using an LAA cell can utilize LBT procedures for transmissions in the shared spectrum band. These devices can perform LBT procedures to determine whether a channel is available before communicating. LBT procedures can include energy detection and preamble detection procedures to determine whether there are any other active transmissions.
图2示出了根据本公开的各种方面的其中可使用共享频谱带来在不同场景下部署LTE/LTE-A的无线通信系统200。更具体而言,图2解说了其中使用共享频谱带来部署LTE/LTE-A的补充下行链路模式(例如,LAA)、载波聚集(CA)模式、以及自立(SA)模式的示例。无线通信系统200可以是参照图1描述的无线通信系统100的各部分的示例。此外,第一eNB105-a和第二eNB 105-b可以是参照图1描述的eNB 105中的一者或多者的各方面的示例,而第一UE 115-a、第二UE 115-b、第三UE 115-c和第四UE 115-d可以是参照图1描述的UE 115中的一者或多者的各方面的示例。FIG2 shows a wireless communication system 200 in which LTE/LTE-A can be deployed in different scenarios using shared spectrum bands according to various aspects of the present disclosure. More specifically, FIG2 illustrates an example in which a supplemental downlink mode (e.g., LAA), a carrier aggregation (CA) mode, and a standalone (SA) mode of LTE/LTE-A are deployed using shared spectrum bands. The wireless communication system 200 may be an example of portions of the wireless communication system 100 described with reference to FIG1 . In addition, the first eNB 105-a and the second eNB 105-b may be examples of aspects of one or more of the eNBs 105 described with reference to FIG1 , and the first UE 115-a, the second UE 115-b, the third UE 115-c, and the fourth UE 115-d may be examples of aspects of one or more of the UEs 115 described with reference to FIG1 .
在无线通信系统200中的补充下行链路模式(例如,LAA)的示例中,第一eNB 105-a可以使用下行链路信道220向第一UE 115-a传送OFDMA波形。下行链路信道220可以与共享频谱带中的频率F1相关联。第一eNB 105-a可以使用第一双向链路225向第一UE 115-a传送OFDMA波形,并且可以使用第一双向链路225从第一UE 115-a接收SC-FDMA波形。第一双向链路225可以与专用频谱带中的频率F4(或多个频率)相关联。共享频谱带中的下行链路信道220和专用频谱带中的第一双向链路225可以同期操作。下行链路信道220可以为第一eNB105-a提供下行链路容量卸载。在一些示例中,下行链路信道220可被用于单播服务(例如,定址到一个UE)或用于多播服务(例如,定址到若干UE)。该场景对于已部署专用频谱中的容量且具有卸载到共享频谱带的能力的任何服务提供商(例如移动网络运营商(MNO)等)均可能发生。In an example of a supplemental downlink mode (e.g., LAA) in the wireless communication system 200, the first eNB 105-a can use a downlink channel 220 to transmit an OFDMA waveform to the first UE 115-a. The downlink channel 220 can be associated with frequency F1 in a shared spectrum band. The first eNB 105-a can use a first bidirectional link 225 to transmit an OFDMA waveform to the first UE 115-a and can use the first bidirectional link 225 to receive an SC-FDMA waveform from the first UE 115-a. The first bidirectional link 225 can be associated with frequency F4 (or multiple frequencies) in a dedicated spectrum band. The downlink channel 220 in the shared spectrum band and the first bidirectional link 225 in the dedicated spectrum band can operate concurrently. The downlink channel 220 can provide downlink capacity offload for the first eNB 105-a. In some examples, the downlink channel 220 can be used for unicast services (e.g., addressed to one UE) or for multicast services (e.g., addressed to multiple UEs). This scenario is possible for any service provider (eg, mobile network operator (MNO) etc.) that has deployed capacity in dedicated spectrum and has the capability to offload to a shared spectrum band.
在无线通信系统200中的载波聚集模式的一个示例中,第一eNB 105-a可以使用第二双向链路230向第二UE 115-b传送OFDMA波形,并且可以使用第二双向链路230从第二UE115-b接收OFDMA波形、SC-FDMA波形、或资源块交织式FDMA波形。第二双向链路230可以与共享频谱带中的频率F1相关联。第一eNB 105-a还可以使用第三双向链路235向第二UE 115-b传送OFDMA波形,并且可以使用第三双向链路235从第二UE 115-b接收SC-FDMA波形。第三双向链路235可以与专用频谱带中的频率F2相关联。第二双向链路230可以为第一eNB 105-a提供下行链路和上行链路容量卸载。类似于上述补充下行链路模式,该场景对于已部署专用频谱中的容量且具有卸载到共享频谱带的能力的任何服务提供商(例如MNO)均可能发生。In one example of a carrier aggregation mode in the wireless communication system 200, the first eNB 105-a may transmit an OFDMA waveform to the second UE 115-b using a second bidirectional link 230 and may receive an OFDMA waveform, an SC-FDMA waveform, or a resource block interleaved FDMA waveform from the second UE 115-b using the second bidirectional link 230. The second bidirectional link 230 may be associated with frequency F1 in the shared spectrum band. The first eNB 105-a may also transmit an OFDMA waveform to the second UE 115-b using a third bidirectional link 235 and may receive an SC-FDMA waveform from the second UE 115-b using the third bidirectional link 235. The third bidirectional link 235 may be associated with frequency F2 in the dedicated spectrum band. The second bidirectional link 230 may provide downlink and uplink capacity offloading for the first eNB 105-a. Similar to the supplemental downlink mode described above, this scenario is possible for any service provider (e.g., an MNO) that has deployed capacity in the dedicated spectrum and has the ability to offload to the shared spectrum band.
在无线通信系统200中的载波聚集模式的另一示例中,第一eNB 105-a可以使用第四双向链路240向第三UE 115-c传送OFDMA波形,并且可以使用第四双向链路240从第三UE115-c接收OFDMA波形、SC-FDMA波形、或资源块交织式波形。第四双向链路240可以与共享频谱带中的频率F3相关联。第一eNB 105-a还可以使用第五双向链路245向第三UE 115-c传送OFDMA波形,并且可以使用第五双向链路245从第三UE 115-c接收SC-FDMA波形。第五双向链路245可以与专用频谱带中的频率F2相关联。第四双向链路240可以为第一eNB 105-a提供下行链路和上行链路容量卸载。这一示例以及以上提供的那些示例是出于解说目的来给出的,并且可存在组合专用频谱带中的LTE/LTE-A并使用共享频谱带进行容量卸载的其他类似的操作模式或部署场景。In another example of a carrier aggregation mode in the wireless communication system 200, the first eNB 105-a may transmit an OFDMA waveform to a third UE 115-c using a fourth bidirectional link 240 and may receive an OFDMA waveform, an SC-FDMA waveform, or a resource block interleaved waveform from the third UE 115-c using the fourth bidirectional link 240. The fourth bidirectional link 240 may be associated with frequency F3 in the shared spectrum band. The first eNB 105-a may also transmit an OFDMA waveform to the third UE 115-c using a fifth bidirectional link 245 and may receive an SC-FDMA waveform from the third UE 115-c using the fifth bidirectional link 245. The fifth bidirectional link 245 may be associated with frequency F2 in the dedicated spectrum band. The fourth bidirectional link 240 may provide downlink and uplink capacity offloading for the first eNB 105-a. This example, as well as those provided above, is provided for illustrative purposes, and other similar operating modes or deployment scenarios may exist that combine LTE/LTE-A in the dedicated spectrum band and use the shared spectrum band for capacity offloading.
如上所述,可获益于通过在共享频谱带中使用LTE/LTE-A所提供的容量卸载的一种类型的服务提供商是有权限接入LTE/LTE-A专用频谱带的传统MNO。对于这些服务提供商,操作示例可包括使用专用频谱带上的LTE/LTE-A主分量载波(PCC)以及共享频谱带上的至少一个副分量载波(SCC)的引导模式(例如,补充下行链路、载波聚集)。As described above, one type of service provider that can benefit from the capacity offload provided by using LTE/LTE-A in shared spectrum bands is a traditional MNO with access to LTE/LTE-A dedicated spectrum bands. For these service providers, operational examples may include a bootstrapping mode (e.g., supplemental downlink, carrier aggregation) using an LTE/LTE-A primary component carrier (PCC) on the dedicated spectrum band and at least one secondary component carrier (SCC) on the shared spectrum band.
在载波聚集模式中,数据和控制可以例如在专用频谱带中(例如,经由第一双向链路225、第三双向链路235、和第五双向链路245)传达,而数据可以例如在共享频谱带中(例如,经由第二双向链路230和第四双向链路240)传达。在使用共享频谱带时所支持的载波聚集机制可归入混合频分双工-时分双工(FDD-TDD)载波聚集或跨分量载波具有不同对称性的TDD-TDD载波聚集。In carrier aggregation mode, data and control may be communicated, for example, in a dedicated spectrum band (e.g., via first bidirectional link 225, third bidirectional link 235, and fifth bidirectional link 245), while data may be communicated, for example, in a shared spectrum band (e.g., via second bidirectional link 230 and fourth bidirectional link 240). The carrier aggregation mechanisms supported when using a shared spectrum band may be classified as hybrid frequency division duplex-time division duplex (FDD-TDD) carrier aggregation or TDD-TDD carrier aggregation with different symmetries across component carriers.
在无线通信系统200中的自立模式的一个示例中,第二eNB 105-b可以使用双向链路250来向第四UE 115-d传送OFDMA波形,并且可以使用双向链路250来从第四UE 115-d接收OFDMA波形、SC-FDMA波形、或资源块交织式FDMA波形。该双向链路250可以与共享频谱带中的频率F3相关联。该自立模式可被用在非传统无线接入场景中,诸如体育场内接入(例如单播、多播)。该操作模式的服务提供方类型的示例可以是无法接入专用频谱带的体育场所有者、有线电视公司、活动主办方、酒店、企业、或大型公司。In one example of a standalone mode in the wireless communication system 200, the second eNB 105-b can transmit an OFDMA waveform to the fourth UE 115-d using a bidirectional link 250 and can receive an OFDMA waveform, an SC-FDMA waveform, or a resource block interleaved FDMA waveform from the fourth UE 115-d using the bidirectional link 250. The bidirectional link 250 can be associated with frequency F3 in a shared spectrum band. The standalone mode can be used in non-traditional wireless access scenarios, such as in-stadium access (e.g., unicast, multicast). Examples of service provider types for this mode of operation can be stadium owners, cable companies, event organizers, hotels, enterprises, or large corporations that do not have access to dedicated spectrum bands.
在一些示例中,传送方装置(诸如参照图1或2描述的eNB 105之一或参照图1或2描述的UE 115之一)可使用选通区间来获得对共享频谱带的信道(例如,对共享频谱带的物理信道)的接入。在一些示例中,选通区间可以是周期性的。例如,周期性的选通区间可以与LTE/LTE-A无线电区间的至少一个边界同步。选通区间可定义对基于争用的协议(诸如基于欧洲电信标准协会(ETSI)(EN 301 893)中规定的LBT协议的LBT协议)的应用。当使用定义LBT协议的应用的选通区间时,该选通区间可指示传送方装置何时需要执行争用规程(例如,LBT规程),诸如CCA规程。CCA规程的结果可以向传送方装置指示共享频谱带的信道在该选通区间(也被称为LBT无线电帧)期间是可供使用还是正在使用中。当CCA规程指示该信道对于对应的LBT无线电帧可用(例如,“畅通”以供使用)时,传送方装置可以在该LBT无线电帧的部分或全部期间保留或使用该共享频谱带的该信道。当CCA规程指示该信道不可用(例如,该信道被另一传送方装置使用或保留)时,则该传送方装置可以在该LBT无线电帧期间被阻止使用该信道。In some examples, a transmitting device (such as one of the eNBs 105 described with reference to FIG. 1 or 2 or one of the UEs 115 described with reference to FIG. 1 or 2 ) may use a gating interval to gain access to a channel of a shared spectrum band (e.g., a physical channel of a shared spectrum band). In some examples, the gating interval may be periodic. For example, the periodic gating interval may be synchronized with at least one boundary of an LTE/LTE-A radio interval. The gating interval may define the application of a contention-based protocol (such as an LBT protocol based on the LBT protocol specified in the European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI) (EN 301 893)). When a gating interval defining the application of an LBT protocol is used, the gating interval may indicate when the transmitting device needs to perform a contention procedure (e.g., an LBT procedure), such as a CCA procedure. The result of the CCA procedure may indicate to the transmitting device whether the channel of the shared spectrum band is available for use or in use during the gating interval (also referred to as an LBT radio frame). When the CCA procedure indicates that the channel is available for the corresponding LBT radio frame (e.g., "cleared" for use), the transmitting device may reserve or use the channel of the shared spectrum band during part or all of the LBT radio frame. When the CCA procedure indicates that the channel is unavailable (e.g., the channel is used or reserved by another transmitting device), the transmitting device may be prevented from using the channel during the LBT radio frame.
图3A示出了根据本公开的各种方面的上行链路中的通信的时间线300。时间线300示出了传输机会305,其包括下行链路传输(Tx)时段310继之以上行链路传输(Tx)时段315。在一些示例中,下行链路传输时段310可被细分成多个下行链路TTI(例如,下行链路(D)子帧),且上行链路传输时段315可被细分成多个上行链路TTI(例如,上行链路(U)子帧)。3A illustrates a timeline 300 for communications in the uplink according to various aspects of the present disclosure. Timeline 300 illustrates a transmission opportunity 305 that includes a downlink transmission (Tx) period 310 followed by an uplink transmission (Tx) period 315. In some examples, the downlink transmission period 310 may be subdivided into multiple downlink TTIs (e.g., downlink (D) subframes), and the uplink transmission period 315 may be subdivided into multiple uplink TTIs (e.g., uplink (U) subframes).
在一些示例中,下行链路传输时段310中的一个或多个下行链路TTI可携带针对上行链路传输时段315中的一个或多个上行链路TTI的上行链路准予(例如,对于同载波调度、或上行链路传输的自调度)。在其他示例中,针对上行链路传输时段315中的一个或多个上行链路TTI的一个或多个上行链路准予可在与图3A中所示的CC不同的CC上传送(例如,对于跨载波调度)。In some examples, one or more downlink TTIs in downlink transmission period 310 may carry uplink grants for one or more uplink TTIs in uplink transmission period 315 (e.g., for same-carrier scheduling or self-scheduling of uplink transmissions). In other examples, one or more uplink grants for one or more uplink TTIs in uplink transmission period 315 may be transmitted on a different CC than the CC shown in FIG. 3A (e.g., for cross-carrier scheduling).
当针对上行链路传输时段315调度多个TTI时,用于该多个TTI的DCI(例如,DCI格式0)可包括诸如以下参数:资源块(RB)分配、调制和编码方案(MCS)及冗余值(RV)、新数据指示符(NDI)、发射功率控制(TPC)命令、因蜂窝小区而异的解调参考信号(CS-DMRS)、上行链路(UL)索引、下行链路指派索引(DAI)、信道状态信息(CSI)请求、探通参考信号(SRS)请求、资源分配类型、或其组合。在LTE/LTE-A网络中,TDD格式0允许在专用射频谱带中的下行链路TTI中将两个分开的上行链路准予携带至单个UE。每个上行链路准予的应用可由与该上行链路准予相关联的UL索引来确定,并且可影响功率控制、非周期性CSI报告、以及PUSCH传输。可对应用于共享射频谱带中的上行链路传输的上行链路准予提供类似功能性。When multiple TTIs are scheduled for an uplink transmission period 315, the DCI for the multiple TTIs (e.g., DCI format 0) may include parameters such as resource block (RB) allocation, modulation and coding scheme (MCS) and redundancy value (RV), new data indicator (NDI), transmit power control (TPC) command, cell-specific demodulation reference signal (CS-DMRS), uplink (UL) index, downlink assignment index (DAI), channel state information (CSI) request, sounding reference signal (SRS) request, resource allocation type, or a combination thereof. In LTE/LTE-A networks, TDD format 0 allows two separate uplink grants to be carried to a single UE in a downlink TTI in a dedicated radio frequency spectrum band. The application of each uplink grant may be determined by the UL index associated with the uplink grant and may affect power control, non-periodic CSI reporting, and PUSCH transmission. Similar functionality may be provided for uplink grants applied to uplink transmissions in a shared radio frequency spectrum band.
假定没有跨传输机会调度或跨载波调度,则用于上行链路传输时段315期间在共享射频谱带中的多TTI上行链路传输的多个上行链路准予(其可携带在下行链路传输时段310的单个下行链路TTI内)可各自包括诸如以下DCI字段:UL索引字段、HARQ索引字段、参考信号和PUSCH复用指示符字段(例如,SRS/PUSCH复用指示符字段)、资源重用指示符字段(例如,PUCCH/PRACH资源重用指示符字段)、LBT参数、或其组合。UL索引可向UE指示传输机会305(也被称为当前传输突发)中的哪个上行链路TTI(例如,上行链路子帧)携带PUSCH传输。UL索引可参考携带包括该UL索引的上行链路准予的下行链路TTI的结束。LBT参数可向UE指示是否对上行链路TTI的第一码元进行穿孔以执行经缩短LBT规程(例如,25μs LBT规程),或者是否执行完整长度LBT规程(例如,类别(CAT)4LBT规程)。在指示执行CAT 4LBT规程时,LBT参数可指示LBT优先级类或争用窗口大小中的一者或多者。在一些示例中,(例如,执行CAT 4LBT规程的UE)在多TTI上行链路传输的一TTI期间接入共享射频谱带的争用失败可导致该UE将CAT 4LBT规程参数流转到该多TTI上行链路传输的下一TTI。Assuming there is no cross-transmission opportunity scheduling or cross-carrier scheduling, multiple uplink grants for multi-TTI uplink transmissions in a shared radio frequency spectrum band during an uplink transmission period 315 (which may be carried within a single downlink TTI of a downlink transmission period 310) may each include DCI fields such as: a UL index field, a HARQ index field, a reference signal and PUSCH multiplexing indicator field (e.g., an SRS/PUSCH multiplexing indicator field), a resource reuse indicator field (e.g., a PUCCH/PRACH resource reuse indicator field), LBT parameters, or a combination thereof. The UL index may indicate to the UE which uplink TTI (e.g., uplink subframe) in a transmission opportunity 305 (also referred to as a current transmission burst) carries the PUSCH transmission. The UL index may reference the end of the downlink TTI that carries the uplink grant including the UL index. The LBT parameters may indicate to the UE whether to puncture the first codeword of the uplink TTI to perform a shortened LBT procedure (e.g., a 25μs LBT procedure) or whether to perform a full-length LBT procedure (e.g., a Category (CAT) 4 LBT procedure). When indicating that a CAT 4 LBT procedure is to be performed, the LBT parameters may indicate one or more of an LBT priority class or a contention window size. In some examples, a failure of contention (e.g., for a UE performing a CAT 4 LBT procedure) to access a shared radio frequency spectrum band during a TTI of a multi-TTI uplink transmission may cause the UE to transfer the CAT 4 LBT procedure parameters to the next TTI of the multi-TTI uplink transmission.
图3B示出了根据本公开的各种方面的上行链路中的通信的时间线320。时间线320示出了第一传输机会325继之以第二传输机会340。第一传输机会325可包括第一下行链路传输时段330继之以第一上行链路传输时段335。第二传输机会340可包括第二下行链路传输(Tx)时段345继之以第二上行链路传输时段350。在一些示例中,这些下行链路传输时段(例如,第一下行链路传输时段330或第二下行链路传输时段345)中的一者或两者可被细分成多个下行链路TTI(例如,D子帧),且这些上行链路传输时段(例如,第一上行链路传输时段335或第二上行链路传输时段350)中的一者或两者可被细分成多个上行链路TTI(例如,U子帧)。FIG3B illustrates a timeline 320 of communications in the uplink according to various aspects of the present disclosure. Timeline 320 illustrates a first transmission opportunity 325 followed by a second transmission opportunity 340. The first transmission opportunity 325 may include a first downlink transmission period 330 followed by a first uplink transmission period 335. The second transmission opportunity 340 may include a second downlink transmission (Tx) period 345 followed by a second uplink transmission period 350. In some examples, one or both of these downlink transmission periods (e.g., the first downlink transmission period 330 or the second downlink transmission period 345) may be subdivided into multiple downlink TTIs (e.g., D subframes), and one or both of these uplink transmission periods (e.g., the first uplink transmission period 335 or the second uplink transmission period 350) may be subdivided into multiple uplink TTIs (e.g., U subframes).
在一些示例中,第一下行链路传输时段330中的一个或多个下行链路TTI可携带针对第二上行链路传输时段350中的一个或多个上行链路TTI的上行链路准予(例如,上行链路传输的跨传输机会调度)。In some examples, one or more downlink TTIs in the first downlink transmission period 330 may carry uplink grants for one or more uplink TTIs in the second uplink transmission period 350 (e.g., cross-transmission opportunity scheduling of uplink transmissions).
假定使用跨传输机会调度来调度第二上行链路传输时段350中的上行链路传输,并且假定第二下行链路传输时段345在第二上行链路传输时段350之前,则用于第二上行链路传输时段350期间在共享射频谱带中的多TTI上行链路传输的多个上行链路准予(其可携带在第一下行链路传输时段330的下行链路TTI内)可各自包括诸如以下DCI字段:UL索引字段、HARQ索引字段、参考信号和PUSCH复用指示符字段(例如,SRS/PUSCH复用指示符字段)、资源重用指示符字段(例如,PUCCH/PRACH资源重用指示符字段)、LBT参数、或其组合。另外,每个上行链路准予可包括诸如以下DCI字段:当前传输突发索引字段、目标传输突发索引字段、或PUSCH传输跳过策略字段。当前传输突发索引可向UE指示在其中接收上行链路准予的第一传输突发(例如,第一传输机会325),并且目标传输突发索引可向UE指示该上行链路准予所应用于的第二传输突发(例如,第二传输机会340)。在一些示例中,基站可在共用PDCCH上的DCI中向多个UE广播当前传输突发索引。UL索引可标识第二传输突发(例如,第二传输机会340)中PUSCH传输开始的上行链路TTI。PUSCH传输跳过策略可向UE指示当关于多TTI传输的至少第一TTI的LBT规程不成功时,是否跳过至少在时间上第一的PUSCH传输或至少在时间上最后的PUSCH传输。Assuming that cross-transmission opportunity scheduling is used to schedule uplink transmissions in the second uplink transmission period 350, and assuming that the second downlink transmission period 345 precedes the second uplink transmission period 350, multiple uplink grants for multi-TTI uplink transmissions in the shared radio frequency spectrum band during the second uplink transmission period 350 (which may be carried within a downlink TTI of the first downlink transmission period 330) may each include DCI fields such as the following: UL index field, HARQ index field, reference signal and PUSCH multiplexing indicator field (e.g., SRS/PUSCH multiplexing indicator field), resource reuse indicator field (e.g., PUCCH/PRACH resource reuse indicator field), LBT parameters, or a combination thereof. In addition, each uplink grant may include DCI fields such as the following: current transmission burst index field, target transmission burst index field, or PUSCH transmission skip policy field. The current transmission burst index may indicate to the UE the first transmission burst in which the uplink grant is received (e.g., the first transmission opportunity 325), and the target transmission burst index may indicate to the UE the second transmission burst to which the uplink grant applies (e.g., the second transmission opportunity 340). In some examples, the base station may broadcast the current transmission burst index to multiple UEs in a DCI on a common PDCCH. The UL index may identify the uplink TTI in which the PUSCH transmission in the second transmission burst (e.g., the second transmission opportunity 340) begins. The PUSCH transmission skip policy may indicate to the UE whether to skip at least the first PUSCH transmission in time or at least the last PUSCH transmission in time when the LBT procedure for at least the first TTI of a multi-TTI transmission is unsuccessful.
在一些示例中,接收到关于共享射频谱带中的多TTI上行链路传输的至少一个TTI的至少一个上行链路准予的UE可执行LBT规程以竞争接入共享射频谱带达该多TTI上行链路传输的一TTI。一旦针对该TTI接入共享射频谱带的争用失败,该UE就可触发上行链路传输流转策略。上行链路传输流转策略可向UE指示将与接入共享射频谱带的争用失败了的TTI相关联的参数流转或不流转到该多TTI上行链路传输的下一TTI。在一些示例中,该参数可包括CSI传输参数、或SRS传输参数、或TPC命令、或其组合。在一些示例中,流转的TPC命令可被累积地应用于TTI。In some examples, a UE that receives at least one uplink grant for at least one TTI of a multi-TTI uplink transmission in a shared radio frequency spectrum band may execute an LBT procedure to contend for access to the shared radio frequency spectrum band for a TTI of the multi-TTI uplink transmission. Once the contention for accessing the shared radio frequency spectrum band for the TTI fails, the UE may trigger an uplink transmission forwarding strategy. The uplink transmission forwarding strategy may indicate to the UE whether to forward or not forward parameters associated with the TTI for which the contention for accessing the shared radio frequency spectrum band failed to the next TTI of the multi-TTI uplink transmission. In some examples, the parameters may include CSI transmission parameters, or SRS transmission parameters, or TPC commands, or a combination thereof. In some examples, the forwarded TPC commands may be applied cumulatively to the TTIs.
在一些示例中,接收到关于共享射频谱带中的多TTI上行链路传输的至少一个TTI的至少一个上行链路准予的UE可执行LBT规程以竞争接入共享射频谱带达该多TTI上行链路传输的一TTI。一旦赢得针对该TTI接入共享射频谱带的争用,该UE就可传送与针对该TTI的上行链路准予中所指示的LBT优先级类(例如,尽力型数据、视频数据等)相关联的数据。一旦耗尽与该LBT优先级类相关联的数据,该UE针对该TTI的剩余部分可以传送或者可以不传送垃圾数据。In some examples, a UE that receives at least one uplink grant for at least one TTI of a multi-TTI uplink transmission in a shared radio frequency spectrum band may perform an LBT procedure to contend for access to the shared radio frequency spectrum band for one TTI of the multi-TTI uplink transmission. Upon winning contention for access to the shared radio frequency spectrum band for the TTI, the UE may transmit data associated with the LBT priority class (e.g., best-effort data, video data, etc.) indicated in the uplink grant for the TTI. Upon exhausting the data associated with the LBT priority class, the UE may or may not transmit junk data for the remainder of the TTI.
在一些示例中,接收到关于共享射频谱带中的多TTI上行链路传输的至少一个TTI的至少一个上行链路准予的UE可被触发以通过在TTI内禁用所有传输块(TB)来在该TTI期间传送SRS而没有PUSCH传输。In some examples, a UE that receives at least one uplink grant for at least one TTI of a multi-TTI uplink transmission in a shared radio frequency spectrum band can be triggered to transmit SRS without PUSCH transmission during the TTI by disabling all transport blocks (TBs) within the TTI.
图3C示出了根据本公开的各种方面的共享射频谱带的上行链路中的通信、以及LBT规程380的执行继之以信道保留信号385的传输的时间线360。时间线360示出了上行链路传输时段的一个TTI 365(例如,一个上行链路(U)子帧)(例如,参照图3A描述的上行链路传输时段315或参照图3B描述的第一上行链路传输时段335或第二上行链路传输时段350的一个TTI)。TTI 365包括跨越两个时隙(例如,时隙0 370和时隙1 375)的多个码元周期(例如,编号为0-13的14个码元周期)。3C illustrates a timeline 360 for communications in an uplink of a shared radio frequency spectrum band, and execution of an LBT procedure 380 followed by transmission of a channel reservation signal 385, in accordance with various aspects of the present disclosure. The timeline 360 illustrates one TTI 365 (e.g., one uplink (U) subframe) of an uplink transmission period (e.g., one TTI of the uplink transmission period 315 described with reference to FIG. 3A or the first uplink transmission period 335 or the second uplink transmission period 350 described with reference to FIG. 3B ). The TTI 365 includes a plurality of symbol periods (e.g., 14 symbol periods numbered 0-13) spanning two time slots (e.g., time slot 0 370 and time slot 1 375).
UE可针对TTI 365执行LBT规程380。在一些示例中,LBT规程380可在TTI 365的在时间上第一的码元周期(例如,码元周期0)期间执行。在一些示例中(未示出),LBT规程380可被同步至第一码元周期的结尾,并且一旦赢得接入共享射频谱带的争用,该UE就可在TTI365的在时间上第二的码元周期(例如,码元周期1)中立即开始上行链路传输(例如,PUSCH传输、或PUCCH传输、或PRACH传输、或SRS传输、或其组合)。在其他示例中(未示出),LBT规程380可被同步至第一码元周期的开头并在第一码元周期的第一部分期间执行,并且一旦赢得接入共享射频谱带的争用,该UE就可在第一码元周期的第二部分期间传送信道保留信号(RES 385)。信道保留信号可被传送以在赢得接入共享射频谱带的争用的时间与上行链路传输被调度成开始的时间之间保留共享射频谱带。The UE may perform an LBT procedure 380 for a TTI 365. In some examples, the LBT procedure 380 may be performed during a first symbol period in time (e.g., symbol period 0) of the TTI 365. In some examples (not shown), the LBT procedure 380 may be synchronized to the end of the first symbol period, and upon winning contention for access to the shared radio frequency spectrum band, the UE may immediately begin uplink transmission (e.g., PUSCH transmission, or PUCCH transmission, or PRACH transmission, or SRS transmission, or a combination thereof) in a second symbol period in time (e.g., symbol period 1) of the TTI 365. In other examples (not shown), the LBT procedure 380 may be synchronized to the beginning of the first symbol period and performed during a first portion of the first symbol period, and upon winning contention for access to the shared radio frequency spectrum band, the UE may transmit a channel reservation signal (RES 385) during a second portion of the first symbol period. A channel reservation signal may be transmitted to reserve the shared radio frequency spectrum band between the time contention for access to the shared radio frequency spectrum band is won and the time the uplink transmission is scheduled to begin.
在一些示例中,UE可选择多个不同的信道保留信号之一以在第一码元周期的第二部分期间传送(例如,作为RES 385)当UE被调度成在TTI 365期间在PUSCH之前传送SRS时,所选择的信道保留信号可包括SRS波形。当UE被调度成在TTI 365期间传送PUSCH但不传送SRS时、以及在该TTI的第一码元周期期间有垃圾SRS接口活跃时,所选择的信道保留信号可包括垃圾SRS波形。当传送针对TTI 365的上行链路准予的网络接入设备未指示用于选择信道保留信号的选择方法体系时,所选择的信道保留信号可包括Wi-Fi信道保留信号(例如,清除发送到自己(CTS2S))。替换地,当传送针对TTI 365的上行链路准予的网络接入设备未指示用于选择信道保留信号的选择方法体系时,UE可选择任何形式的信道保留信号。In some examples, the UE may select one of multiple different channel reservation signals to transmit during the second portion of the first symbol period (e.g., as RES 385). When the UE is scheduled to transmit SRS prior to PUSCH during TTI 365, the selected channel reservation signal may include an SRS waveform. When the UE is scheduled to transmit PUSCH but not SRS during TTI 365, and a junk SRS interface is active during the first symbol period of the TTI, the selected channel reservation signal may include a junk SRS waveform. When the network access device transmitting the uplink grant for TTI 365 does not indicate a selection methodology for selecting the channel reservation signal, the selected channel reservation signal may include a Wi-Fi channel reservation signal (e.g., Clear to Send to Self (CTS2S)). Alternatively, when the network access device transmitting the uplink grant for TTI 365 does not indicate a selection methodology for selecting the channel reservation signal, the UE may select any form of channel reservation signal.
图4A示出了根据本公开的各种方面的其中可在载波聚集模式中部署LTE/LTE-A的无线通信系统400。无线通信系统400可以是参照图1或2描述的无线通信系统100或200的各部分的示例。此外,eNB 105-c可以是参照图1或2描述的eNB 105中的一者或多者的各方面的示例,而UE 115-e可以是参照图1或2描述的UE 115中的一者或多者的各方面的示例。FIG4A illustrates a wireless communication system 400 in which LTE/LTE-A may be deployed in a carrier aggregation mode according to various aspects of the present disclosure. The wireless communication system 400 may be an example of portions of the wireless communication system 100 or 200 described with reference to FIG1 or 2. Furthermore, the eNB 105-c may be an example of aspects of one or more of the eNBs 105 described with reference to FIG1 or 2, and the UE 115-e may be an example of aspects of one or more of the UEs 115 described with reference to FIG1 or 2.
当使用LTE/LTE-A通信在载波聚集模式中通信时,UE 115-e可使用多个CC来与eNB105-c通信。这些CC之一可被指定为主CC,并且其余CC可被指定为副CC。每个CC可被用作DLCC和/或UL CC。作为示例,图4A解说了UE 115-e和eNB 105-c在5个CC(包括第一CC 420、第二CC 425、第三CC 430、第四CC 435和第五CC 440)上的通信。第一CC 420、第二CC 425、第三CC 430、第四CC 435和第五CC 440中的每一者可在专用频谱带或共享频谱带中操作,这取决于CC被如何分配或配置。When communicating in carrier aggregation mode using LTE/LTE-A communication, UE 115-e can use multiple CCs to communicate with eNB 105-c. One of these CCs can be designated as a primary CC, and the remaining CCs can be designated as secondary CCs. Each CC can be used as a DL CC and/or an UL CC. As an example, FIG4A illustrates communication between UE 115-e and eNB 105-c on five CCs, including a first CC 420, a second CC 425, a third CC 430, a fourth CC 435, and a fifth CC 440. Each of first CC 420, second CC 425, third CC 430, fourth CC 435, and fifth CC 440 can operate in a dedicated spectrum band or a shared spectrum band, depending on how the CCs are allocated or configured.
当UE 115-e被配置成在使用共享频谱带的补充下行链路操作模式中操作时(如参照图2所描述的)、以及当UE 115在载波聚集模式中操作时,第一CC 420、第二CC 425、第三CC 430、第四CC 435或第五CC 440中的一者或多者可作为专用频谱带中的UL CC或DL CC来操作,并且第一CC 420、第二CC 425、第三CC 430、第四CC 435或第五CC 440中的一者或多者可作为共享频谱带中的DL CC来操作。When UE 115-e is configured to operate in a supplemental downlink operation mode using a shared spectrum band (as described with reference to FIG2 ), and when UE 115 operates in a carrier aggregation mode, one or more of the first CC 420, the second CC 425, the third CC 430, the fourth CC 435, or the fifth CC 440 may operate as a UL CC or DL CC in a dedicated spectrum band, and one or more of the first CC 420, the second CC 425, the third CC 430, the fourth CC 435, or the fifth CC 440 may operate as a DL CC in a shared spectrum band.
当UE 115-e被配置成在使用共享频谱带的载波聚集操作模式中操作时(如参照图2所描述的),第一CC 420、第二CC 425、第三CC 430、第四CC 435或第五CC 440中的一者或多者可作为专用频谱带中的UL CC或DL CC来操作,并且第一CC 420、第二CC 425、第三CC430、第四CC 435或第五CC 440中的一者或多者可作为共享频谱带中的DL CC或UL CC来操作。在一些示例中,所有DL CC可在专用频谱带中操作,或者所有UL CC可在共享频谱带中操作,但并非所有DL CC和所有UL CC可以都在共享频谱带中操作(例如,至少一个DL CC或至少一个UL CC在专用频谱带中操作)。When UE 115-e is configured to operate in a carrier aggregation mode of operation using a shared spectrum band (as described with reference to FIG. 2 ), one or more of first CC 420, second CC 425, third CC 430, fourth CC 435, or fifth CC 440 may operate as a UL CC or DL CC in a dedicated spectrum band, and one or more of first CC 420, second CC 425, third CC 430, fourth CC 435, or fifth CC 440 may operate as a DL CC or UL CC in a shared spectrum band. In some examples, all DL CCs may operate in a dedicated spectrum band, or all UL CCs may operate in a shared spectrum band, but not all DL CCs and all UL CCs may operate in a shared spectrum band (e.g., at least one DL CC or at least one UL CC operates in a dedicated spectrum band).
当UE 115-e被配置成在使用共享频谱带的自立操作模式中操作时(如参照图2所描述的)、以及当UE 115正在载波聚集模式中操作时,第一CC 420、第二CC 425、第三CC430、第四CC 435和第五CC 440中的每一者可以在共享频谱带中操作。When UE 115-e is configured to operate in a standalone operation mode using a shared spectrum band (as described with reference to FIG2 ), and when UE 115 is operating in a carrier aggregation mode, each of the first CC 420, the second CC 425, the third CC 430, the fourth CC 435, and the fifth CC 440 can operate in the shared spectrum band.
图4B示出了根据本公开的各种方面的其中可在多连通性场景(例如,协调多点(CoMP)场景)中部署LTE/LTE-A的无线通信系统450。无线通信系统450可以是参照图1或2描述的无线通信系统100或200的各部分的示例。此外,第一eNB 105-d和第二eNB 105-e可以是参照图1、2或4A描述的eNB105中的一者或多者的各方面的示例,而UE 115-f可以是参照图1、2或4A描述的UE 115中的一者或多者的各方面的示例。FIG4B illustrates a wireless communication system 450 in which LTE/LTE-A may be deployed in a multiple connectivity scenario (e.g., a coordinated multipoint (CoMP) scenario) according to various aspects of the present disclosure. The wireless communication system 450 may be an example of portions of the wireless communication system 100 or 200 described with reference to FIG1 or 2. In addition, the first eNB 105-d and the second eNB 105-e may be examples of aspects of one or more of the eNBs 105 described with reference to FIG1, 2, or 4A, and the UE 115-f may be an example of aspects of one or more of the UEs 115 described with reference to FIG1, 2, or 4A.
当使用LTE/LTE-A通信在多连通性模式中通信时,UE 115-f可使用多个CC来与多个eNB(诸如第一eNB 105-d和第二eNB 105-e)通信。这些CC之一可被指定为主CC,并且其余CC可被指定为副CC。每个CC可被配置为DL CC、UL CC或蜂窝小区(例如,可被配置成用作DLCC和/或UL CC的CC)。作为示例,图4B解说了UE 115-f和eNB 105-d、105-e在3个CC(包括第一CC 455、第二CC 460和第三CC 465)上的通信。在一些示例中,第一CC 455和第二CC 460(与第一eNB 105-d通信)可被配置成多连通性操作中的主CC群470,而第三CC 465(与第二eNB 105-e通信)可被配置成多连通性操作中的副CC群475(例如,在该示例中为一个CC的群)。第一CC 455、第二CC 460和第三CC 465可被配置成用于使用专用频谱带或共享频谱带的各种操作模式,类似于例如参照图4A描述的可如何在载波聚集操作模式中使用分量载波。When communicating in multiple connectivity mode using LTE/LTE-A communication, UE 115-f may use multiple CCs to communicate with multiple eNBs (such as a first eNB 105-d and a second eNB 105-e). One of these CCs may be designated as a primary CC, and the remaining CCs may be designated as secondary CCs. Each CC may be configured as a DL CC, a UL CC, or a cell (e.g., a CC that may be configured to function as a DL CC and/or a UL CC). As an example, FIG4B illustrates communication between UE 115-f and eNBs 105-d and 105-e on three CCs, including a first CC 455, a second CC 460, and a third CC 465. In some examples, the first CC 455 and the second CC 460 (in communication with the first eNB 105-d) can be configured as a primary CC group 470 in multiple connectivity operation, while the third CC 465 (in communication with the second eNB 105-e) can be configured as a secondary CC group 475 (e.g., a group of one CC in this example) in multiple connectivity operation. The first CC 455, the second CC 460, and the third CC 465 can be configured for various operating modes using dedicated spectrum bands or shared spectrum bands, similar to how component carriers can be used in a carrier aggregation operating mode, as described, for example, with reference to FIG.
对于LTE/LTE-A操作,UE根据CSI参考信号配置来执行信道测量,该CSI参考信号配置指定每一子帧中的参考信号的位置。该CSI参考信号配置可被用于诸如速率匹配或信道测量之类的目的。当CSI参考信号在专用频谱带中的蜂窝小区上传送时,CSI参考信号的传输是周期性的,并且该传输的周期性基于配置。当CSI参考信号(例如,eCRS、CSI-RS、ZPCSI-RS、IMR信号、PSS或SSS)在共享频谱带中的蜂窝小区上传送时,CSI参考信号的传输可以是周期性的或非周期性的。另外,由于传输可能经受LBT规程,因此共享频谱带中的蜂窝小区上的CSI参考信号的传输可以是机会式的。由此,CSI参考信号配置可指示CSI参考信号将被传送,但eNB可能由于其未赢得接入共享频谱带的争用而不传送CSI参考信号(即,CSI参考信号配置可指示CSI参考信号将在DL子帧中被传送,但该DL子帧可能不是有效的DL子帧)。因此,关于在共享频谱带中的蜂窝小区上传送的DL子帧中的CSI参考信号的配置(例如,CSI参考信号的存在性和位置)存在歧义性。For LTE/LTE-A operation, the UE performs channel measurements based on the CSI reference signal configuration, which specifies the location of the reference signal in each subframe. This CSI reference signal configuration can be used for purposes such as rate matching or channel measurement. When a CSI reference signal is transmitted on a cell in a dedicated spectrum band, the transmission of the CSI reference signal is periodic, and the periodicity of the transmission is based on the configuration. When a CSI reference signal (e.g., eCRS, CSI-RS, ZPCSI-RS, IMR signal, PSS, or SSS) is transmitted on a cell in a shared spectrum band, the transmission of the CSI reference signal can be periodic or aperiodic. In addition, since the transmission may be subject to LBT procedures, the transmission of CSI reference signals on cells in a shared spectrum band may be opportunistic. Thus, a CSI reference signal configuration may indicate that the CSI reference signal will be transmitted, but the eNB may not transmit the CSI reference signal because it did not win contention for access to the shared spectrum band (i.e., the CSI reference signal configuration may indicate that the CSI reference signal will be transmitted in a DL subframe, but that DL subframe may not be a valid DL subframe). Therefore, there is ambiguity regarding the configuration of CSI reference signals (eg, the presence and location of CSI reference signals) in DL subframes transmitted on cells in a shared spectrum band.
根据一些方面,关于CSI参考信号的配置的歧义性(例如,在共享频谱带中的蜂窝小区上传送的DL子帧中)通过将DL突发的前N个子帧指定为携带CSI参考信号的子帧来解决。指定N个子帧的配置以及(诸)CSI参考信号配置可在静态或半静态基础上提供给UE。在一些示例中,该配置可指示这N个子帧中的每一者共用的一组CSI参考信号、端口等。在其他示例中,该配置可针对这N个子帧中的每一者指示一组CSI参考信号、端口等(例如,该组CSI参考信号、端口等可随子帧而不同)。在一些情形中,UE可通过检测信道保留信号(例如,CUBS)的传输来标识DL突发的开始,并且可随后对接下来的N个子帧应用CSI参考信号配置。According to some aspects, ambiguity regarding the configuration of CSI reference signals (e.g., in DL subframes transmitted on a cellular cell in a shared spectrum band) is resolved by designating the first N subframes of a DL burst as subframes carrying CSI reference signals. The configuration of the specified N subframes and the CSI reference signal configuration(s) may be provided to the UE on a static or semi-static basis. In some examples, the configuration may indicate a set of CSI reference signals, ports, etc. that are common to each of the N subframes. In other examples, the configuration may indicate a set of CSI reference signals, ports, etc. for each of the N subframes (e.g., the set of CSI reference signals, ports, etc. may vary from subframe to subframe). In some cases, the UE may identify the start of a DL burst by detecting the transmission of a channel reservation signal (e.g., CUBS) and may then apply the CSI reference signal configuration to the next N subframes.
根据其他方面,关于CSI参考信号的配置的歧义性(例如,在共享频谱带中的蜂窝小区上传送的DL子帧中)通过在第二子帧中显式地指示关于第一子帧的配置来解决。该选项可被称为CSI参考信号配置的跨子帧指示并且参照图5A和5B更详细地描述。According to other aspects, ambiguity regarding the configuration of a CSI reference signal (e.g., in a DL subframe transmitted on a cell in a shared spectrum band) is resolved by explicitly indicating the configuration of the first subframe in the second subframe. This option may be referred to as cross-subframe indication of the CSI reference signal configuration and is described in more detail with reference to Figures 5A and 5B.
图5A示出了根据本公开的各种方面的CSI参考信号配置的跨子帧指示的示例500。在示例500中,eNB可在多个蜂窝小区上与UE通信,该多个蜂窝小区包括专用频谱带中的第一蜂窝小区505和共享频谱带中的第二蜂窝小区510(以及在一些情形中,还有专用频谱带或共享频谱带中的附加蜂窝小区)。eNB和UE可以是参照图1、2、4A和4B描述的eNB 105或UE115的各方面的示例。FIG5A illustrates an example 500 of a cross-subframe indication of a CSI reference signal configuration according to various aspects of the present disclosure. In example 500, an eNB may communicate with a UE across multiple cells, including a first cell 505 in a dedicated spectrum band and a second cell 510 in a shared spectrum band (and, in some cases, additional cells in either the dedicated spectrum band or the shared spectrum band). The eNB and UE may be examples of aspects of the eNB 105 or UE 115 described with reference to FIG1 , FIG2 , FIG4A , and FIG4B .
如图5A中所示,在第二蜂窝小区510上的传输机会中传送的一组一个或多个DL子帧520中的CSI参考信号的存在性可在第一蜂窝小区505上传送的DL子帧515中(例如,由参考信号子帧指示符)指示(例如,跨子帧指示可以是跨载波指示)。当在第一蜂窝小区505和第二蜂窝小区510上传送的子帧的定时同步时(例如,当这些子帧对准时),跨子帧指示可包括该组一个或多个DL子帧520的相对指示符(例如,DL子帧515可具有子帧索引n,该组一个或多个DL子帧520可始于具有子帧索引n+m的DL子帧525,并且跨子帧指示可以指示值m)。在一些示例中,m可以是任何整数,以使得m可等于或小于0。当m可以是负整数时,在第一蜂窝小区505和第二蜂窝小区510上接收DL子帧的UE将缓冲至少m个子帧的数据。As shown in FIG5A , the presence of a CSI reference signal in a set of one or more DL subframes 520 transmitted in a transmission opportunity on the second cell 510 may be indicated in a DL subframe 515 transmitted on the first cell 505 (e.g., by a reference signal subframe indicator) (e.g., the cross-subframe indication may be a cross-carrier indication). When the timing of the subframes transmitted on the first cell 505 and the second cell 510 is synchronized (e.g., when the subframes are aligned), the cross-subframe indication may include a relative indicator of the set of one or more DL subframes 520 (e.g., the DL subframe 515 may have a subframe index n, the set of one or more DL subframes 520 may begin at the DL subframe 525 having a subframe index n+m, and the cross-subframe indication may indicate a value m). In some examples, m may be any integer such that m may be equal to or less than 0. When m may be a negative integer, a UE receiving a DL subframe on the first cell 505 and the second cell 510 will buffer data for at least m subframes.
在一些示例中,CSI参考信号配置的跨子帧指示可指示单个DL子帧(例如,第二蜂窝小区510的单个DL子帧,该单个DL子帧与第一蜂窝小区505的DL子帧对准)中的CSI参考信号的存在(或不存在)。在一些示例中,CSI参考信号配置的跨子帧指示可指示N个DL子帧中的CSI参考信号的存在(或不存在),其中N≥1。然而,当跨子帧指示用于指示CSI参考信号存在于DL子帧中时,UE可能仍然不得不验证该DL子帧是有效DL子帧(例如,UE可能不得不验证eNB赢得了接入共享频谱带的争用)。In some examples, the cross-subframe indication of the CSI reference signal configuration may indicate the presence (or absence) of a CSI reference signal in a single DL subframe (e.g., a single DL subframe of the second cell 510 that is aligned with a DL subframe of the first cell 505). In some examples, the cross-subframe indication of the CSI reference signal configuration may indicate the presence (or absence) of a CSI reference signal in N DL subframes, where N ≥ 1. However, when the cross-subframe indication is used to indicate the presence of a CSI reference signal in a DL subframe, the UE may still have to verify that the DL subframe is a valid DL subframe (e.g., the UE may have to verify that the eNB has won contention for access to the shared spectrum band).
在一些示例中,CSI参考信号配置的跨子帧指示可指示从一组可能的CSI参考信号配置中进行的选择。跨子帧指示可使用第一蜂窝小区505的下行链路控制信道中所包括的DCI格式的字段来指示(例如,类似于如何指示eIMTA配置)。CSI参考信号配置的跨子帧指示也可以用与eNB相关联的UE的子集(或全部UE)已知的不同RNTI来指示。在一些情形中,用于跨子帧指示的定时参考可从其中解码出包括该跨子帧指示的准予的子帧来推导出。In some examples, the cross-subframe indication of the CSI reference signal configuration may indicate a selection from a set of possible CSI reference signal configurations. The cross-subframe indication may be indicated using a field of a DCI format included in a downlink control channel of the first cell 505 (e.g., similar to how an eIMTA configuration is indicated). The cross-subframe indication of the CSI reference signal configuration may also be indicated using different RNTIs known to a subset of UEs (or all UEs) associated with the eNB. In some cases, the timing reference used for the cross-subframe indication may be derived from the subframe in which the grant including the cross-subframe indication is decoded.
当该组一个或多个DL子帧520作为同步至一个或多个动态TTI(而非周期性无线电帧结构)的LBT传输的一部分来传送时,接收LBT传输的UE可标识至少一个动态TTI具有相对于第一蜂窝小区505的异步码元定时,并且可基于与LBT传输相关联的检出码元前置码来确定CSI参考信号配置的位置(例如,码元位置)。在示例500的一些变型中,第一蜂窝小区505和第二蜂窝小区510两者可在共享频谱带中提供。When the set of one or more DL subframes 520 is transmitted as part of an LBT transmission synchronized to one or more dynamic TTIs (rather than a periodic radio frame structure), a UE receiving the LBT transmission may identify that at least one dynamic TTI has asynchronous symbol timing relative to the first cell 505 and may determine a location (e.g., symbol position) of a CSI reference signal configuration based on a detected symbol preamble associated with the LBT transmission. In some variations of example 500, both the first cell 505 and the second cell 510 may be provided in a shared spectrum band.
图5B示出了根据本公开的各种方面的CSI参考信号配置的跨子帧指示的示例550。在示例550中,eNB可在共享频谱带中的蜂窝小区555上(以及在一些情形中,在共享频谱带中的附加蜂窝小区或专用频谱带中的一个或多个蜂窝小区上)与UE通信。eNB和UE可以是参照图1、2、4A和4B描述的eNB105或UE 115的各方面的示例。FIG5B illustrates an example 550 of a cross-subframe indication of a CSI reference signal configuration according to various aspects of the present disclosure. In example 550, an eNB may communicate with a UE on a cell 555 in a shared spectrum band (and, in some cases, on additional cells in the shared spectrum band or one or more cells in a dedicated spectrum band). The eNB and UE may be examples of aspects of the eNB 105 or UE 115 described with reference to FIG1 , FIG2 , FIG4A , and FIG4B .
如图5B中所示,在蜂窝小区555上的传输机会中传送的一组一个或多个DL子帧560中的CSI参考信号的存在性可在蜂窝小区555上传送的另一DL子帧565中(例如,由其中的参考信号子帧指示符)指示(例如,跨子帧指示可以是自调度的)。在一些示例中,跨子帧指示可包括该组一个或多个DL子帧560的相对指示符(例如,DL子帧565可具有子帧索引n,该组一个或多个DL子帧560可始于具有子帧索引n+m的DL子帧570,并且跨子帧指示可以指示值m)。As shown in FIG5B , the presence of a CSI reference signal in a set of one or more DL subframes 560 transmitted in a transmission opportunity on a cell 555 may be indicated (e.g., by a reference signal subframe indicator therein) in another DL subframe 565 transmitted on the cell 555 (e.g., the cross-subframe indication may be self-scheduled). In some examples, the cross-subframe indication may include a relative indicator of the set of one or more DL subframes 560 (e.g., the DL subframe 565 may have a subframe index n, the set of one or more DL subframes 560 may begin at a DL subframe 570 having a subframe index n+m, and the cross-subframe indication may indicate a value of m).
在一些示例中,CSI参考信号配置的跨子帧指示可指示单个DL子帧(例如,与蜂窝小区555的DL子帧对准的单个DL子帧)中的CSI参考信号的存在(或不存在)。在一些示例中,CSI参考信号配置的跨子帧指示可指示N个DL子帧中的CSI参考信号的存在(或不存在),其中N≥1。然而,当跨子帧指示用于指示CSI参考信号存在于DL子帧中时,UE可能仍然不得不验证该DL子帧是有效DL子帧(例如,UE可能不得不验证eNB赢得了接入共享频谱带的争用)。In some examples, the cross-subframe indication of the CSI reference signal configuration may indicate the presence (or absence) of a CSI reference signal in a single DL subframe (e.g., a single DL subframe aligned with the DL subframe of cell 555). In some examples, the cross-subframe indication of the CSI reference signal configuration may indicate the presence (or absence) of a CSI reference signal in N DL subframes, where N ≥ 1. However, when the cross-subframe indication is used to indicate the presence of a CSI reference signal in a DL subframe, the UE may still have to verify that the DL subframe is a valid DL subframe (e.g., the UE may have to verify that the eNB has won contention for access to the shared spectrum band).
在一些示例中,CSI参考信号配置的跨子帧指示符可在因UE而异的准予中提供。在一些示例中,CSI参考信号配置的跨子帧指示符可在共用准予(例如,PDSCH准予)或物理层信道传输(例如,类似于物理帧格式指示信道(PFFICH))中提供。在一些示例中,CSI参考信号配置的跨子帧指示可指示从一组可能的CSI参考信号配置中进行的选择。跨子帧指示符可使用蜂窝小区555的下行链路控制信道中所包括的DCI格式的字段来指示(例如,类似于如何指示eIMTA配置)。In some examples, the cross-subframe indicator of the CSI reference signal configuration may be provided in a UE-specific grant. In some examples, the cross-subframe indicator of the CSI reference signal configuration may be provided in a common grant (e.g., a PDSCH grant) or a physical layer channel transmission (e.g., similar to a physical frame format indicator channel (PFFICH)). In some examples, the cross-subframe indication of the CSI reference signal configuration may indicate a selection from a set of possible CSI reference signal configurations. The cross-subframe indicator may be indicated using a field of a DCI format included in a downlink control channel of the cell 555 (e.g., similar to how an eIMTA configuration is indicated).
当eNB使用具有动态TTI(例如,可包括多个DL子帧的各部分的TTI)的固定DL子帧来与UE通信时,CSI参考信号配置的跨子帧指示可如参照图5A和5B所描述地那样使用。当动态TTI被用于传输时,用于跨子帧指示的时间参考可以是其中检测到信道保留信号(例如,CUBS)的子帧的时间参考。When the eNB uses fixed DL subframes with dynamic TTIs (e.g., a TTI that may include portions of multiple DL subframes) to communicate with the UE, the cross-subframe indication of the CSI reference signal configuration may be used as described with reference to Figures 5A and 5B. When dynamic TTIs are used for transmission, the time reference used for the cross-subframe indication may be the time reference of the subframe in which the channel reservation signal (e.g., CUBS) is detected.
当在共享频谱带中与UE通信时,有时可通过传送联合准予(例如,多个蜂窝小区中的资源的准予,其中这些蜂窝小区可在载波聚集或多连通性操作中使用)来减少通信开销。然而,联合准予可能需要在eNB知晓共享频谱带中有多少蜂窝小区可用之前(例如,在CCA规程或ECCA规程完成之前1-2毫秒)被准备或传送。由此,联合准予的传输可导致歧义性。该歧义性可导致HARQ缓冲器损坏。When communicating with a UE in a shared spectrum band, communication overhead can sometimes be reduced by transmitting a joint grant (e.g., a grant for resources in multiple cells, where these cells may be used in carrier aggregation or multi-connectivity operations). However, the joint grant may need to be prepared or transmitted before the eNB knows how many cells are available in the shared spectrum band (e.g., 1-2 milliseconds before the CCA procedure or ECCA procedure completes). As a result, the transmission of the joint grant may lead to ambiguity. This ambiguity may cause HARQ buffer corruption.
根据一些方面,联合准予中的歧义性通过准备并传送针对在DL突发的开始处传送的N个(N≥1)DL子帧的个体准予(例如,每蜂窝小区的个体资源准予)并切换到传送针对在这N个DL子帧之后传送的DL子帧的联合准予来解决。因此,可针对eNB在传送DL突发时预期要使用的一组蜂窝小区传送个体准予,并且可针对实际可用且将使用的蜂窝小区传送联合准予。以此方式,为其发送了准予的蜂窝小区的不可用性仅导致关于传输中为该不可用蜂窝小区调度的部分的歧义性,而不会导致关于该传输中为其他蜂窝小区调度的部分的歧义性。然而,如果个体准予是自调度的,则eNB未能赢得接入不可用蜂窝小区的争用可导致针对该不可用蜂窝小区的个体准予不被传送,这完全移除了歧义性。According to some aspects, ambiguity in the joint grant is resolved by preparing and transmitting individual grants (e.g., individual resource grants per cell) for N (N≥1) DL subframes transmitted at the beginning of a DL burst, and switching to transmitting the joint grant for DL subframes transmitted after these N DL subframes. Thus, individual grants can be transmitted for a set of cells that the eNB expects to use when transmitting a DL burst, and the joint grant can be transmitted for cells that are actually available and will be used. In this way, the unavailability of a cell for which a grant is sent only results in ambiguity regarding the portion of the transmission scheduled for the unavailable cell, and not regarding the portion of the transmission scheduled for other cells. However, if the individual grants are self-scheduled, the eNB's failure to win contention for access to the unavailable cell can result in the individual grant for the unavailable cell not being transmitted, completely removing the ambiguity.
图6示出了根据本公开的各种方面的联合和个体准予传输和处理的示例600。在示例600中,eNB 105-f可在一组蜂窝小区(包括共享频谱带中的至少一个蜂窝小区(以及在一些情形中,共享频谱带中的至少一个蜂窝小区和专用频谱带中的至少一个蜂窝小区)上与UE 115-g通信。eNB和UE可以是参照图1、2、4A和4B描述的eNB 105或UE 115的各方面的示例。FIG6 illustrates an example 600 of joint and individual grant transmission and processing according to various aspects of the present disclosure. In example 600, an eNB 105-f may communicate with a UE 115-g over a set of cells, including at least one cell in a shared spectrum band (and, in some cases, at least one cell in a shared spectrum band and at least one cell in a dedicated spectrum band). The eNB and UE may be examples of aspects of the eNB 105 or UE 115 described with reference to FIG1 , 2 , 4A , and 4B .
在605,eNB 105-f可针对被标识成供在LBT传输(例如,传输机会中的DL突发)中使用的第一组蜂窝小区准备数个个体准予。第一组蜂窝小区可包括共享频谱带中的至少一个蜂窝小区。The eNB 105-f may prepare a number of individual grants for a first set of cells identified for use in LBT transmissions (eg, DL bursts in a transmission opportunity) at 605. The first set of cells may include at least one cell in a shared spectrum band.
在610,eNB 105-f可竞争接入共享频谱带中的该至少一个蜂窝小区。一旦赢得或输掉争用共享频谱带中的该至少一个蜂窝小区中的每一者的接入,eNB 105-f就可标识第二组蜂窝小区以供在LBT传输中使用,并且在615,可在第二组蜂窝小区中的每个蜂窝小区上传送信道保留信号(例如,CUBS)。第二组蜂窝小区可包括第一组蜂窝小区中的所有蜂窝小区,或者如果未赢得接入共享频谱带中的一个或多个蜂窝小区的争用,则第二组蜂窝小区可包括第一组蜂窝小区中的蜂窝小区的子集。The eNB 105-f may contend for access to the at least one cell in the shared spectrum band at 610. Upon winning or losing contention for access to each of the at least one cell in the shared spectrum band, the eNB 105-f may identify a second set of cells for use in the LBT transmission and may transmit a channel reservation signal (e.g., CUBS) on each cell in the second set of cells at 615. The second set of cells may include all cells in the first set of cells or, if contention for access to one or more cells in the shared spectrum band is not won, a subset of the cells in the first set of cells.
在620,eNB 105-f可向UE 115-g传送LBT传输的第一组子帧。第一组子帧可在第二组蜂窝小区中传送,并且可包括关于第一组子帧的第一调度配置。第一调度配置可包括第二组蜂窝小区的一个或多个搜索空间,其中一个或多个搜索空间至少携带旨在用于第二组蜂窝小区的个体准予(在605处准备的个体准予)。At 620, the eNB 105-f may transmit a first set of subframes for LBT transmission to the UE 115-g. The first set of subframes may be transmitted in the second set of cells and may include a first scheduling configuration for the first set of subframes. The first scheduling configuration may include one or more search spaces for the second set of cells, wherein the one or more search spaces carry at least individual grants intended for the second set of cells (the individual grants prepared at 605).
在625,UE 115-g可标识关于LBT传输的第一组子帧的第一调度配置。UE 115-g还可根据第一调度配置来处理第一组子帧。The UE 115-g may identify a first scheduling configuration for a first set of subframes for LBT transmission at 625. The UE 115-g may also process the first set of subframes according to the first scheduling configuration.
在630,eNB 105-f可准备针对第二组蜂窝小区的数个联合准予,以及在635,eNB105-f可向UE 115-g传送LBT传输的第二组子帧。第二组子帧可在第二组蜂窝小区中传送,并且可包括关于第二组子帧的第二调度配置。第二调度配置可经由第二组蜂窝小区的至少一个搜索空间来传达,其中至少一个搜索空间携带在630处准备的(诸)联合准予。联合准予可以是自调度的(即,联合准予可在该联合准予所对应的蜂窝小区上传送)、交叉调度的(即,联合准予可在除该联合准予所对应的蜂窝小区之外的蜂窝小区上传送)、或在第二组蜂窝小区的联合搜索空间内携带。在交叉调度的情形中,传送针对UE 115-g的联合准予的蜂窝小区可至少部分地基于因UE而异的标识符(例如,指派给UE 115-g的RNTI)来确定。针对其他UE的联合准予可在相同蜂窝小区或不同蜂窝小区中传送。联合准予的自调度或跨载波调度可独立于蜂窝小区关于个体调度的配置。At 630, the eNB 105-f may prepare several joint grants for the second set of cells, and at 635, the eNB 105-f may transmit a second set of subframes for LBT transmission to the UE 115-g. The second set of subframes may be transmitted in the second set of cells and may include a second scheduling configuration for the second set of subframes. The second scheduling configuration may be conveyed via at least one search space of the second set of cells, wherein the at least one search space carries the joint grant(s) prepared at 630. The joint grant may be self-scheduled (i.e., the joint grant may be transmitted on the cell to which the joint grant corresponds), cross-scheduled (i.e., the joint grant may be transmitted on a cell other than the cell to which the joint grant corresponds), or carried within a joint search space of the second set of cells. In the cross-scheduling scenario, the cell to which the joint grant for the UE 115-g is transmitted may be determined at least in part based on a UE-specific identifier (e.g., an RNTI assigned to the UE 115-g). Joint grants for other UEs may be transmitted in the same cell or in different cells.Self-scheduling or cross-carrier scheduling of joint grants may be independent of the cell's configuration regarding individual scheduling.
在640,UE 115-g可标识关于LBT传输的第二组子帧的第二调度配置。UE 115-g还可根据第二调度配置来处理第二组子帧。At 640, the UE 115-g may identify a second scheduling configuration for a second set of subframes for LBT transmission. The UE 115-g may also process the second set of subframes according to the second scheduling configuration.
当在共享频谱带中与UE通信时,赢得或输掉接入共享频谱带的争用的定时不总是预定的并且可以变化(例如,在执行ECCA的情形中)。在一些情形中,接入共享频谱带的争用可在靠近下一子帧边界处被赢得,从而保留共享频谱带直至该下一子帧边界并在该下一子帧边界处开始传输使得能以相对低成本来维持有执照和无执照蜂窝小区之间的子帧同步。在其他情形中,接入共享频谱带的争用可远早于下一子帧边界被赢得,以使得保留共享频谱带直至该下一子帧边界并在该下一子帧边界处开始传输代表了显著的资源浪费。此类资源浪费例如当可用于传输的可能子帧数目(或TTI)已经较小时可能加剧。例如,在一些辖区中,用于LTE/LTE-A传输的TTI限于4毫秒(例如,4个子帧)。When communicating with a UE in a shared spectrum band, the timing of winning or losing contention for access to the shared spectrum band is not always predetermined and may vary (e.g., in situations where ECCA is performed). In some situations, contention for access to the shared spectrum band may be won close to the next subframe boundary, thereby reserving the shared spectrum band until the next subframe boundary and commencing transmission at the next subframe boundary, enabling subframe synchronization between licensed and unlicensed cells to be maintained at a relatively low cost. In other situations, contention for access to the shared spectrum band may be won well in advance of the next subframe boundary, such that reserving the shared spectrum band until the next subframe boundary and commencing transmission at the next subframe boundary represents a significant waste of resources. Such waste of resources may be exacerbated, for example, when the number of possible subframes (or TTIs) available for transmission is already small. For example, in some jurisdictions, the TTI for LTE/LTE-A transmissions is limited to 4 milliseconds (e.g., 4 subframes).
可使用部分式子帧传输(例如,使用少于子帧或TTI的最大传输历时的传输)来缓解资源浪费。然而,部分式子帧的数个潜在开始时间和历时在增加的处理、功率使用等方面对UE是繁重的。减少部分式子帧对UE施加的负担的一种方式是减少UE为了控制信道监视而不得不监视的天线端口数目,如图7中所描述的。Partial subframe transmissions (e.g., transmissions that use less than the maximum transmission duration of a subframe or TTI) can be used to mitigate resource waste. However, the multiple potential start times and durations of partial subframes can be burdensome for the UE in terms of increased processing, power usage, etc. One way to reduce the burden that partial subframes place on the UE is to reduce the number of antenna ports that the UE has to monitor for control channel monitoring, as described in FIG7 .
图7示出根据本公开的各种方面的用于部分式控制信道监视的天线端口有限集合的示图700。天线端口710-a、710-b、710-c和710-d的天线端口集合可被映射到下行链路信道705的参考信号(例如,UE-RS)。7 shows a diagram 700 of a limited set of antenna ports for partial control channel monitoring according to various aspects of the present disclosure. The antenna port set of antenna ports 710-a, 710-b, 710-c, and 710-d can be mapped to a reference signal (e.g., UE-RS) of a downlink channel 705.
在共享频谱带中的蜂窝小区中传送DL子帧之前,eNB 105-g可竞争接入共享频谱带中的一个或多个蜂窝小区(例如,通过执行CCA或ECCA)。一旦赢得或输掉接入共享频谱带中的蜂窝小区的争用,eNB 105就可向UE 115传送DL子帧。取决于eNB 105何时赢得或输掉接入共享频谱带中的蜂窝小区的争用,DL子帧可以是完整子帧或部分式子帧,并且与其他DL子帧相比可具有相同或不同的开始时间。在一些示例中,DL子帧可使用包括天线端口710-a、710-b、710-c和710-d的第一天线端口集合中的各个天线端口来传送。DL子帧的控制信道(例如,针对共享频谱带的一个或多个蜂窝小区的PDCCH或EPDCCH)可根据天线端口710之一来调制并被传送给UE 115。由此,UE115可接收控制信道并通过对天线端口执行信道和干扰估计且使用该信道和干扰估计以解调控制信道候选(例如,对候选进行盲解码)来解码控制信道。Before transmitting a DL subframe in a cell in the shared spectrum band, the eNB 105-g may contend for access to one or more cells in the shared spectrum band (e.g., by performing CCA or ECCA). Upon winning or losing contention for access to a cell in the shared spectrum band, the eNB 105 may transmit the DL subframe to the UE 115. Depending on when the eNB 105 wins or loses contention for access to a cell in the shared spectrum band, the DL subframe may be a full subframe or a partial subframe and may have the same or a different start time than other DL subframes. In some examples, the DL subframe may be transmitted using each antenna port in a first set of antenna ports including antenna ports 710-a, 710-b, 710-c, and 710-d. A control channel for the DL subframe (e.g., a PDCCH or EPDCCH for one or more cells of the shared spectrum band) may be modulated according to one of the antenna ports 710 and transmitted to the UE 115. Thus, the UE 115 may receive the control channel and decode the control channel by performing channel and interference estimation for the antenna ports and using the channel and interference estimates to demodulate the control channel candidates (eg, blindly decode the candidates).
由于DL子帧可以是完整子帧或部分式子帧,并且可具有数个不同开始时间之一,因此UE 115对于该控制信道可能需要显著数量的控制信道搜索空间,包括发生在(或跨越)不同时间段的搜索空间。监视大量控制信道搜索空间可对UE 115施加处理、功率使用、以及其他负担。然而,这些负担可通过限制用于传送控制信道的天线端口集合710来缓解。如图7中所示,使用天线端口有限集合720,其包括天线端口710-a和710-b。在LTE/LTE-A中,天线端口107/108/109/110可被定义以用于解调ePDCCH,并且在一些示例中,天线端口有限集合720可对应于天线端口107/108。Because a DL subframe can be a full subframe or a partial subframe and can have one of several different start times, the UE 115 may require a significant number of control channel search spaces for the control channel, including search spaces that occur in (or span) different time periods. Monitoring a large number of control channel search spaces can impose processing, power usage, and other burdens on the UE 115. However, these burdens can be alleviated by limiting the set of antenna ports 710 used to transmit the control channel. As shown in Figure 7, a limited set of antenna ports 720 is used, which includes antenna ports 710-a and 710-b. In LTE/LTE-A, antenna ports 107/108/109/110 can be defined for demodulating ePDCCH, and in some examples, the limited set of antenna ports 720 can correspond to antenna ports 107/108.
当监视第二天线端口集合(例如,天线端口710-a和710-b)的有限集合时,UE 115可从第二天线端口集合的有限集合估计信道解调信息(例如,SNR或干扰估计),确定控制信道搜索空间,以及使用从第二天线端口集合的有限集合所估计的信道解调信息来解调控制信道搜索空间中的控制信道候选。While monitoring a finite set of second antenna port sets (e.g., antenna ports 710-a and 710-b), UE 115 may estimate channel demodulation information (e.g., SNR or interference estimate) from the finite set of second antenna port sets, determine a control channel search space, and demodulate control channel candidates in the control channel search space using the channel demodulation information estimated from the finite set of second antenna port sets.
如先前所讨论的,赢得或输掉接入共享频谱带的争用的定时不总是预定的并且可以变化(例如,在执行ECCA的情形中)。这可能造成其中部分式子帧可供在eNB或UE之间通信的情形。在一些情形中,部分式子帧可在LBT传输的开头处传送。在其他情形中,并且如参照图8A和8B更详细地描述的,部分式子帧可被归入在与LBT传输的开头同步的动态(例如,浮动)TTI中,并且在这些情形中的一些情形中,可在LBT传输的末尾处提供扩展TTI,如参照图9更详细地描述的。在使用动态TTI时,传输(诸如参考信号(CRS和UE-RS)、PDCCH和PCFICH)的分量可与子帧边界同步,但PDSCH可与动态TTI同步,该动态TTI可具有取决于eNB何时赢得或输掉接入共享频谱带的争用的开始时间。例如,当子帧具有14个码元周期的长度或历时并且在码元周期8中赢得接入用于传送该子帧的共享频谱带的争用时,该子帧的PDSCH可被映射到在码元周期8中开始并延伸到下一子帧的码元周期7的动态TTI。As previously discussed, the timing of winning or losing contention for access to the shared spectrum band is not always predetermined and may vary (e.g., in situations where ECCA is performed). This may result in situations where partial subframes are available for communication between eNBs or UEs. In some cases, partial subframes may be transmitted at the beginning of an LBT transmission. In other cases, and as described in more detail with reference to Figures 8A and 8B, partial subframes may be included in a dynamic (e.g., floating) TTI that is synchronized with the beginning of the LBT transmission, and in some of these cases, an extended TTI may be provided at the end of the LBT transmission, as described in more detail with reference to Figure 9. When using dynamic TTIs, components of the transmission (such as reference signals (CRS and UE-RS), PDCCH, and PCFICH) may be synchronized to subframe boundaries, but the PDSCH may be synchronized to a dynamic TTI, which may have a start time that depends on when the eNB wins or loses contention for access to the shared spectrum band. For example, when a subframe has a length or duration of 14 code period and contention for access to a shared spectrum band used to transmit the subframe is won in code period 8, the PDSCH of the subframe may be mapped to a dynamic TTI that starts in code period 8 and extends to code period 7 of the next subframe.
图8A示出了根据本公开的各种方面的动态TTI使用的示例800。在示例800中,eNB可在共享频谱带中操作的蜂窝小区810上(以及在一些情形中,在共享频谱带或专用频谱带中的附加蜂窝小区上)与UE通信。eNB和UE可以是参照图1、2、3、6和7描述的eNB 105或UE115的各方面的示例。FIG8A illustrates an example 800 of dynamic TTI usage according to various aspects of the present disclosure. In example 800, an eNB may communicate with a UE on a cell 810 operating in a shared spectrum band (and, in some cases, on additional cells in a shared spectrum band or a dedicated spectrum band). The eNB and UE may be examples of aspects of the eNB 105 or UE 115 described with reference to FIG1 , 2, 3, 6, and 7.
如图8A中所示,在共享频谱带中操作的蜂窝小区810中的通信可被同步至周期性无线电帧结构805并且具有静态子帧位置(例如,具有静态边界(诸如边界815-a和815-b)的子帧位置)。在一些示例中,周期性无线电帧结构805可以是由专用频谱带中的LTE/LTE-A蜂窝小区所使用的LTE/LTE-A无线电帧结构。As shown in FIG8A , communications in a cell 810 operating in a shared spectrum band may be synchronized to a periodic radio frame structure 805 and have static subframe positions (e.g., subframe positions with static boundaries such as boundaries 815 - a and 815 - b ). In some examples, the periodic radio frame structure 805 may be an LTE/LTE-A radio frame structure used by an LTE/LTE-A cell in a dedicated spectrum band.
在针对LBT传输赢得接入蜂窝小区810的争用之际,eNB可传送信道保留信号820(例如,CUBS)以将蜂窝小区810保留用于该LBT传输。信道保留信号820可确立与该LBT传输相对应的动态TTI 830的定时(例如,前导边界825-a或拖尾边界825-b的定时)、以及该LBT传输的共享数据信道(例如,PDSCH)的前导边界或拖尾边界。动态TTI 830可包括共享数据区域,该共享数据区域可包括共享数据信道和用于控制信道(例如,EPDCCH)的搜索空间835。搜索空间835的前导和/或拖尾边界可至少部分地基于动态TTI 830(例如,动态TTI830的前导边界825-a)与静态子帧位置的边界(例如,边界815-a)之间的偏移840(例如,码元偏移)。如图所示并且作为示例,偏移840可向UE指示用于控制信道的搜索空间835包括与动态TTI 830相同的码元周期集合(例如,用于控制信道的搜索空间835的前导和拖尾边界与动态TTI 830的前导和拖尾边界825-a和825-b重合)。Upon winning contention for access to cell 810 for an LBT transmission, the eNB may transmit a channel reservation signal 820 (e.g., CUBS) to reserve cell 810 for the LBT transmission. The channel reservation signal 820 may establish the timing of a dynamic TTI 830 corresponding to the LBT transmission (e.g., the timing of a leading boundary 825-a or a trailing boundary 825-b), as well as the leading boundary or trailing boundary of a shared data channel (e.g., a PDSCH) for the LBT transmission. The dynamic TTI 830 may include a shared data region, which may include a shared data channel and a search space 835 for a control channel (e.g., an EPDCCH). The leading and/or trailing boundaries of the search space 835 may be based, at least in part, on an offset 840 (e.g., a symbol offset) between the dynamic TTI 830 (e.g., the leading boundary 825-a of the dynamic TTI 830) and a boundary of a static subframe position (e.g., boundary 815-a). As shown and as an example, the offset 840 may indicate to the UE that the search space 835 for the control channel includes the same set of code element periods as the dynamic TTI 830 (e.g., the leading and trailing boundaries of the search space 835 for the control channel coincide with the leading and trailing boundaries 825-a and 825-b of the dynamic TTI 830).
虽然动态TTI 830期间的一些传输可具有同步至动态TTI 830的定时,但其他传输(例如,参考信号(例如,CRS和UE-RS)或PCFICH)可在关于周期性无线电帧结构805的静态边界同步(或固定)的时间传送。While some transmissions during the dynamic TTI 830 may have timing synchronized to the dynamic TTI 830, other transmissions (e.g., reference signals (e.g., CRS and UE-RS) or PCFICH) may be transmitted at times synchronized (or fixed) with respect to static boundaries of the periodic radio frame structure 805.
由于动态TTI 830不与静态子帧结构805的边界对准,因此关于将用于非周期性CSI报告的CSI参考子帧(或参考定时)可能存在歧义性。例如,当在搜索空间835中传送的控制信道请求来自UE的非周期性CSI报告时,在UE处关于在边界815-a之前的子帧845-a还是在边界815-a之后的子帧845-b将用作非周期性CSI报告的CSI参考子帧可能存在歧义性。在一些示例中,该歧义性可基于控制信道相对于蜂窝小区810的子帧索引的定时参数来解决。例如,该定时参数可以是在搜索空间835中传送的控制信道的最后码元周期,并且CSI参考子帧可以是其中传送了该控制信道的最后码元周期的子帧,其在图8A中是子帧845-b。Because dynamic TTI 830 is not aligned with the boundaries of static subframe structure 805, there may be ambiguity as to the CSI reference subframe (or reference timing) to be used for aperiodic CSI reporting. For example, when a control channel transmitted in search space 835 requests an aperiodic CSI report from a UE, there may be ambiguity at the UE as to whether subframe 845-a before boundary 815-a or subframe 845-b after boundary 815-a is to be used as the CSI reference subframe for the aperiodic CSI report. In some examples, this ambiguity may be resolved based on a timing parameter of the control channel relative to the subframe index of cell 810. For example, the timing parameter may be the last symbol period of the control channel transmitted in search space 835, and the CSI reference subframe may be the subframe in which the last symbol period of the control channel was transmitted, which in FIG8A is subframe 845-b.
当接收图8A中所示的LBT传输的UE被配置成在DRX模式中操作时,该UE可周期性地或者在发生某些事件或条件之际进入禁用接收状态(例如,休眠状态)。UE可基于与关联于蜂窝小区810的DRX配置相关联的寻呼时机来周期性地从禁用接收状态苏醒并进入启用接收状态。寻呼时机的开头可被同步至周期性无线电帧结构805的子帧的开头。当根据未同步至周期性无线电帧结构805的动态TTI来传送LBT传输时、以及当用于控制信道的搜索空间(例如,搜索空间835)被同步至动态TTI(例如,动态TTI 830)时,UE可能在LBT传输的中途苏醒、不知道LBT传输何时开始、以及无法找到控制信道的搜索空间。为了减轻这种情况,eNB可在UE的寻呼时机的第一码元周期中(例如,在同步至周期性无线电帧结构805的子帧的第一码元周期中)传送CRS。eNB还可在UE的寻呼时机的静态位置中传送对偏移840的指示。在一些示例中,对偏移840的指示可在指示符信道中、在传送CRS的相同码元周期中、但使用未被用于传送CRS的频调来传送。When a UE receiving the LBT transmission shown in FIG8A is configured to operate in DRX mode, the UE may enter a disabled reception state (e.g., a dormant state) periodically or upon the occurrence of certain events or conditions. The UE may periodically awaken from the disabled reception state and enter an enabled reception state based on a paging occasion associated with the DRX configuration associated with cell 810. The beginning of the paging occasion may be synchronized to the beginning of a subframe of the periodic radio frame structure 805. When an LBT transmission is transmitted according to a dynamic TTI that is not synchronized to the periodic radio frame structure 805, and when the search space for control channels (e.g., search space 835) is synchronized to a dynamic TTI (e.g., dynamic TTI 830), the UE may awaken in the middle of an LBT transmission, be unaware of the start of the LBT transmission, and be unable to locate the search space for the control channel. To mitigate this, the eNB may transmit a CRS in the first symbol period of the UE's paging occasion (e.g., in the first symbol period of a subframe synchronized to the periodic radio frame structure 805). The eNB may also transmit an indication of the offset 840 in a static location of the UE's paging occasions. In some examples, the indication of the offset 840 may be transmitted in an indicator channel, in the same symbol period in which the CRS is transmitted, but using a tone not used to transmit the CRS.
图8B示出了根据本公开的各种方面的动态TTI使用的示例850。在示例850中,eNB可在共享频谱带中操作的蜂窝小区860上(以及在一些情形中,在共享频谱带或专用频谱带中的附加蜂窝小区上)与UE通信。eNB和UE可以是参照图1、2、3、6和7描述的eNB 105或UE115的各方面的示例。FIG8B illustrates an example 850 of dynamic TTI usage according to various aspects of the present disclosure. In example 850, an eNB may communicate with a UE on a cell 860 operating in a shared spectrum band (and, in some cases, on additional cells in a shared spectrum band or a dedicated spectrum band). The eNB and UE may be examples of aspects of the eNB 105 or UE 115 described with reference to FIG1 , 2, 3, 6, and 7.
如图8B中所示,在共享频谱带中操作的蜂窝小区860中的通信可被同步至周期性无线电帧结构855并且具有静态子帧位置(例如,具有静态边界(诸如边界865-a和865-b)的子帧位置)。在一些示例中,周期性无线电帧结构855可以是由专用频谱带中的LTE/LTE-A蜂窝小区所使用的LTE/LTE-A无线电帧结构。As shown in FIG8B , communications in a cell 860 operating in a shared spectrum band may be synchronized to a periodic radio frame structure 855 and have static subframe positions (e.g., subframe positions with static boundaries such as boundaries 865-a and 865-b). In some examples, the periodic radio frame structure 855 may be an LTE/LTE-A radio frame structure used by an LTE/LTE-A cell in a dedicated spectrum band.
在针对LBT传输赢得接入蜂窝小区860的争用之际,eNB可传送信道保留信号870(例如,CUBS)以将蜂窝小区860保留用于该LBT传输。信道保留信号870可确立与该LBT传输相对应的动态TTI 880的定时(例如,前导边界875-a或拖尾边界875-b的定时)、以及该LBT传输的共享数据信道(例如,PDSCH)的前导边界或拖尾边界。动态TTI 880可包括共享数据区域,该共享数据区域可包括共享数据信道和用于控制信道(例如,EPDCCH)的搜索空间885。搜索空间885的前导和/或拖尾边界可至少部分地基于动态TTI 880(例如,动态TTI880的前导边界875-a)与静态子帧位置的边界(例如,边界865-a)之间的偏移890(例如,码元偏移)。如图所示并且作为示例,偏移890可向UE指示用于控制信道的搜索空间885包括动态TTI 880的码元周期子集。在一些示例中,搜索空间885中所包括的该码元周期子集可关于静态子帧位置的边界(例如,边界865-a和865-b)固定(例如,搜索空间885的位置可以是固定的,而不管动态TTI 880相对于静态子帧位置的定时)。作为示例,图8B示出了搜索空间885包括在静态子帧边界(例如,边界865-a或865-b)之前的4个码元周期。Upon winning contention for access to cell 860 for an LBT transmission, the eNB may transmit a channel reservation signal 870 (e.g., CUBS) to reserve cell 860 for the LBT transmission. The channel reservation signal 870 may establish the timing of a dynamic TTI 880 corresponding to the LBT transmission (e.g., the timing of a leading boundary 875-a or a trailing boundary 875-b), as well as the leading boundary or trailing boundary of a shared data channel (e.g., a PDSCH) for the LBT transmission. The dynamic TTI 880 may include a shared data region, which may include a shared data channel and a search space 885 for a control channel (e.g., an EPDCCH). The leading and/or trailing boundaries of the search space 885 may be based, at least in part, on an offset 890 (e.g., a symbol offset) between the dynamic TTI 880 (e.g., the leading boundary 875-a of the dynamic TTI 880) and a boundary of a static subframe position (e.g., boundary 865-a). As shown and as an example, offset 890 can indicate to the UE that the search space 885 for the control channel includes a subset of symbol periods of the dynamic TTI 880. In some examples, the subset of symbol periods included in the search space 885 can be fixed with respect to a boundary of a static subframe location (e.g., boundaries 865-a and 865-b) (e.g., the location of the search space 885 can be fixed regardless of the timing of the dynamic TTI 880 relative to the static subframe location). As an example, FIG8B shows that the search space 885 includes 4 symbol periods before a static subframe boundary (e.g., boundary 865-a or 865-b).
在一些示例中,用于控制信道的搜索空间885中所包括的码元周期数目或搜索空间885的位置可基于偏移890的存在,并且可包括相同数目的码元周期,而不管偏移890的长度如何。在其他示例中,用于控制信道的搜索空间885中所包括的码元周期数目或搜索空间885的位置可基于偏移890的长度而变化。In some examples, the number of symbol periods included in search space 885 for control channels or the location of search space 885 may be based on the presence of offset 890 and may include the same number of symbol periods regardless of the length of offset 890. In other examples, the number of symbol periods included in search space 885 for control channels or the location of search space 885 may vary based on the length of offset 890.
虽然动态TTI 880期间的一些传输可具有同步至动态TTI 880的定时,但其他传输(例如,参考信号(例如,CRS和UE-RS)或PCFICH)可在关于周期性无线电帧结构855的静态边界同步(或固定)的时间传送。While some transmissions during the dynamic TTI 880 may have timing synchronized to the dynamic TTI 880, other transmissions (e.g., reference signals (e.g., CRS and UE-RS) or PCFICH) may be transmitted at times synchronized (or fixed) with respect to static boundaries of the periodic radio frame structure 855.
由于动态TTI 880不与静态子帧结构855的边界对准,因此关于将用于非周期性CSI报告的CSI参考子帧(或参考定时)可能存在歧义性。例如,当在搜索空间885中传送的控制信道请求来自UE的非周期性CSI报告时,在UE处关于在边界865-a之前的子帧895-a还是在边界865-a之后的子帧895-b将用作非周期性CSI报告的CSI参考子帧可能存在歧义性。在一些示例中,该歧义性可基于控制信道相对于蜂窝小区810的子帧索引的定时参数来解决。例如,该定时参数可以是在搜索空间885中传送的控制信道的最后码元周期,并且CSI参考子帧可以是其中传送该控制信道的最后码元周期的子帧,其在图8B中是子帧895-a。Because dynamic TTI 880 is not aligned with the boundaries of static subframe structure 855, there may be ambiguity as to the CSI reference subframe (or reference timing) to be used for aperiodic CSI reporting. For example, when a control channel transmitted in search space 885 requests an aperiodic CSI report from a UE, there may be ambiguity at the UE as to whether subframe 895-a before boundary 865-a or subframe 895-b after boundary 865-a is to be used as the CSI reference subframe for the aperiodic CSI report. In some examples, this ambiguity may be resolved based on a timing parameter of the control channel relative to the subframe index of cell 810. For example, the timing parameter may be the last symbol period of the control channel transmitted in search space 885, and the CSI reference subframe may be the subframe of the last symbol period in which the control channel is transmitted, which in FIG8B is subframe 895-a.
当接收图8B中所示的LBT传输的UE被配置成在DRX模式中操作时,该UE可周期性地或者在发生某些事件或条件之际进入禁用接收状态(例如,休眠状态)。UE可基于与关联于蜂窝小区860的DRX配置相关联的寻呼时机来周期性地从禁用接收状态苏醒并进入启用接收状态。寻呼时机的开头可同步至周期性无线电帧结构855的子帧的开头。当根据未同步至周期性无线电帧结构855的动态TTI来传送LBT传输时、以及当用于控制信道的搜索空间(例如,搜索空间885)被同步至动态TTI(例如,动态TTI 880)时,UE可能在LBT传输的中途苏醒、不知道LBT传输何时开始、以及无法找到控制信道的搜索空间。为了减轻这种情况,eNB可在UE的寻呼时机的第一码元周期中(例如,在同步至周期性无线电帧结构855的子帧的第一码元周期中)传送CRS。eNB还可在UE的寻呼时机的静态位置中传送对偏移890的指示。在一些示例中,对偏移890的指示可在指示符信道中、在传送CRS的相同码元周期中、但使用未被用于传送CRS的频调来传送。When a UE receiving the LBT transmission shown in FIG8B is configured to operate in DRX mode, the UE may enter a disabled reception state (e.g., a dormant state) periodically or upon the occurrence of certain events or conditions. The UE may periodically awaken from the disabled reception state and enter an enabled reception state based on a paging occasion associated with the DRX configuration associated with cell 860. The beginning of the paging occasion may be synchronized to the beginning of a subframe of the periodic radio frame structure 855. When an LBT transmission is transmitted according to a dynamic TTI that is not synchronized to the periodic radio frame structure 855, and when the search space for control channels (e.g., search space 885) is synchronized to a dynamic TTI (e.g., dynamic TTI 880), the UE may awaken in the middle of an LBT transmission, be unaware of the start of the LBT transmission, and be unable to locate the search space for the control channel. To mitigate this, the eNB may transmit a CRS in the first symbol period of the UE's paging occasion (e.g., in the first symbol period of a subframe synchronized to the periodic radio frame structure 855). The eNB may also transmit an indication of the offset 890 in a static location of the UE's paging occasion. In some examples, the indication of the offset 890 may be transmitted in an indicator channel, in the same symbol period in which the CRS is transmitted, but using a tone not used to transmit the CRS.
图9示出了根据本公开的各种方面的动态TTI使用的示例900。在示例900中,eNB可在共享频谱带中操作的蜂窝小区910上(以及在一些情形中,在共享频谱带或专用频谱带中的附加蜂窝小区上)与UE通信。eNB和UE可以是参照图1、2、3、6和7描述的eNB 105或UE 115的各方面的示例。FIG9 illustrates an example 900 of dynamic TTI usage according to various aspects of the present disclosure. In example 900, an eNB may communicate with a UE on a cell 910 operating in a shared spectrum band (and, in some cases, on additional cells in a shared spectrum band or a dedicated spectrum band). The eNB and UE may be examples of aspects of the eNB 105 or UE 115 described with reference to FIG1 , 2, 3, 6, and 7.
如图9中所示,在共享频谱带中操作的蜂窝小区910中的通信可被同步至周期性无线电帧结构905并且具有静态子帧位置(例如,具有静态边界(诸如边界915-a、915-b和915-c)的子帧位置)。在一些示例中,周期性无线电帧结构905可以是由专用频谱带中的LTE/LTE-A蜂窝小区所使用的LTE/LTE-A无线电帧结构。As shown in FIG9 , communications in a cell 910 operating in a shared spectrum band may be synchronized to a periodic radio frame structure 905 and have static subframe positions (e.g., subframe positions with static boundaries such as boundaries 915 - a , 915 - b , and 915 - c ). In some examples, the periodic radio frame structure 905 may be an LTE/LTE-A radio frame structure used by an LTE/LTE-A cell in a dedicated spectrum band.
在针对LBT传输赢得接入蜂窝小区910的争用之际,eNB可传送信道保留信号920(例如,CUBS)以将蜂窝小区910保留用于该LBT传输。信道保留信号920可确立与该LBT传输相对应的动态TTI 930的定时(例如,前导边界925-a或拖尾边界925-b的定时)、以及该LBT传输的共享数据信道(例如,PDSCH)的前导边界或拖尾边界。动态TTI 930可包括共享数据区域,其中该共享数据区域可包括共享数据信道和用于控制信道(例如,PDCCH或EPDCCH)的搜索空间935。搜索空间935的前导和/或拖尾边界可至少部分地基于动态TTI 930(例如,动态TTI 930的前导边界925-a)与静态子帧位置的边界(例如,边界915-a)之间的偏移940(例如,码元偏移)。如图所示并且作为示例,偏移940可向UE指示用于控制信道的搜索空间935包括与动态TTI930相同的码元周期集合(例如,用于控制信道的搜索空间935的前导和拖尾边界与动态TTI 930的前导和拖尾边界925-a和925-b重合)。Upon winning contention for access to cell 910 for an LBT transmission, the eNB may transmit a channel reservation signal 920 (e.g., CUBS) to reserve cell 910 for the LBT transmission. The channel reservation signal 920 may establish the timing of a dynamic TTI 930 corresponding to the LBT transmission (e.g., the timing of a leading boundary 925-a or a trailing boundary 925-b), as well as the leading boundary or trailing boundary of a shared data channel (e.g., a PDSCH) for the LBT transmission. The dynamic TTI 930 may include a shared data region, which may include a shared data channel and a search space 935 for a control channel (e.g., a PDCCH or EPDCCH). The leading and/or trailing boundaries of the search space 935 may be based, at least in part, on an offset 940 (e.g., a symbol offset) between the dynamic TTI 930 (e.g., the leading boundary 925-a of the dynamic TTI 930) and a boundary of a static subframe position (e.g., boundary 915-a). As shown and as an example, the offset 940 may indicate to the UE that the search space 935 for the control channel includes the same set of code element periods as the dynamic TTI 930 (e.g., the leading and trailing boundaries of the search space 935 for the control channel coincide with the leading and trailing boundaries 925-a and 925-b of the dynamic TTI 930).
同样如图9中所示,在一些情形中,LBT传输可在周期性无线电帧结构905中的子帧位置之一的静态边界(例如,边界915-c)处(而非在动态TTI的末尾处)终止。有时候,因在子帧位置之一的静态边界(例如,边界915-b)处终止LBT传输可能导致的部分式子帧的长度将致使部分式子帧945具有比最小部分式子帧长度更短的长度。在此类情形中,部分式子帧945可被纳入到包括该部分式子帧945的扩展TTI(例如,扩展TTI 950)中。如果最小部分式子帧长度是4个码元周期,则扩展TTI的长度可以是14、15、16或17个码元周期。作为示例,扩展TTI 950的长度是16个码元周期。As also shown in FIG. 9 , in some cases, LBT transmission may terminate at a static boundary (e.g., boundary 915-c) at one of the subframe positions in periodic radio frame structure 905 (rather than at the end of a dynamic TTI). Sometimes, the length of a partial subframe resulting from terminating an LBT transmission at a static boundary (e.g., boundary 915-b) at one of the subframe positions may cause partial subframe 945 to have a length shorter than the minimum partial subframe length. In such cases, partial subframe 945 may be included in an extended TTI (e.g., extended TTI 950) that includes the partial subframe 945. If the minimum partial subframe length is 4 symbol periods, the length of the extended TTI may be 14, 15, 16, or 17 symbol periods. As an example, the length of extended TTI 950 is 16 symbol periods.
在一些示例中,在控制信道中接收的PFFICH或准予中的至少一者中所包括的字段可发信令通知LBT传输的扩展(或最后)TTI 950的码元周期数目。在一些示例中,扩展TTI950可包括共享数据区域,其中该共享数据区域可包括共享数据信道和用于控制信道(例如,PDCCH或EPDCCH)的搜索空间955。用于控制信道的搜索空间955的前导和/或拖尾边界可至少部分地基于非扩展TTI中的码元周期数目(或者周期性无线电帧结构905的静态子帧中的码元周期数目)。替换地,用于控制信道的搜索空间955的前导和/或拖尾边界可至少部分地基于扩展TTI 950中所包括的码元周期数目。在后一种情形中,用于控制信道的搜索空间955未被映射到的码元周期可在一些情形中仅携带PDSCH数据和CRS(例如,无CSI-RS等)。搜索空间955的配置可被指示给UE和/或由UE确定以用于速率匹配目的。In some examples, a field included in at least one of the PFFICH or grant received in the control channel may signal the number of symbol periods of the extended (or last) TTI 950 for LBT transmission. In some examples, the extended TTI 950 may include a shared data region, where the shared data region may include a shared data channel and a search space 955 for a control channel (e.g., a PDCCH or EPDCCH). The leading and/or trailing boundaries of the search space 955 for the control channel may be based at least in part on the number of symbol periods in a non-extended TTI (or the number of symbol periods in a static subframe of the periodic radio frame structure 905). Alternatively, the leading and/or trailing boundaries of the search space 955 for the control channel may be based at least in part on the number of symbol periods included in the extended TTI 950. In the latter case, the symbol periods to which the search space 955 for the control channel is not mapped may, in some cases, carry only PDSCH data and CRS (e.g., no CSI-RS, etc.). The configuration of the search space 955 may be indicated to the UE and/or determined by the UE for rate matching purposes.
eNB可周期性地在一个或多个蜂窝小区中的每一者上传送DRS。DRS可在发现窗口内的固定位置处(例如,在至少部分地基于蜂窝小区ID的固定位置处)、或在发现窗口内的一个或多个可配置位置处传送。当eNB同时在多个蜂窝小区上进行传送时,eNB可同样针对每个蜂窝小区同时传送DRS。然而,当在共享频谱带中传送多个DRS时,eNB可被要求实施共享频谱带的聚集发射功率限制,该聚集发射功率限制要求eNB限制共享频谱带中的同时传输的功率。由此,代替以最大发射功率在共享频谱带的蜂窝小区中传送每个DRS的是,每个DRS可被限制为最大发射功率的25%或更少,以满足聚集发射功率限制。降低每个DRS的发射功率可减小其中可发现eNB的覆盖区域的大小。The eNB may periodically transmit a DRS on each of one or more cells. The DRS may be transmitted at a fixed location within the discovery window (e.g., at a fixed location based at least in part on the cell ID), or at one or more configurable locations within the discovery window. When the eNB transmits on multiple cells simultaneously, the eNB may also transmit a DRS simultaneously for each cell. However, when transmitting multiple DRSs in a shared spectrum band, the eNB may be required to implement an aggregate transmit power limit for the shared spectrum band, which requires the eNB to limit the power of simultaneous transmissions in the shared spectrum band. Thus, instead of transmitting each DRS in a cell of the shared spectrum band at maximum transmit power, each DRS may be limited to 25% or less of the maximum transmit power to meet the aggregate transmit power limit. Reducing the transmit power of each DRS may reduce the size of the coverage area in which the eNB can be found.
图10示出了根据本公开的各种方面的DMTC时段内的发现窗口分配的示例1000。在示例1000中,eNB可在共享频谱带中的一组一个或多个蜂窝小区上(例如,在蜂窝小区1005、1010和1015上)(以及在一些情形中,在共享频谱带或专用频谱带中的附加蜂窝小区上)与UE通信。eNB和UE可以是参照图1、2、3、6和7描述的eNB 105或UE 115的各方面的示例。FIG10 illustrates an example 1000 of discovery window allocation within a DMTC period according to various aspects of the present disclosure. In example 1000, an eNB may communicate with a UE on a set of one or more cells (e.g., cells 1005, 1010, and 1015) in a shared spectrum band (and, in some cases, additional cells in a shared spectrum band or a dedicated spectrum band). The eNB and UE may be examples of aspects of the eNB 105 or UE 115 described with reference to FIG1 , FIG2 , FIG3 , FIG6 , and FIG7 .
如图10中所示,DMTC时段1020可与该组蜂窝小区1005、1010和1015相关联。DMTC时段1020可与在eNB网络或群内操作的所有eNB的所有蜂窝小区相关联。在DMTC时段1020内,可为经由该组蜂窝小区1005、1010和1015通信的eNB配置发现窗口1025。在一些示例中,发现窗口1025可以是子帧。在一些示例中,DMTC时段1020可具有在40-80毫秒数量级上的历时,并且发现窗口1025可具有在5-10毫秒数量级上的历时。可为其他eNB配置其他非交叠或交叠的发现窗口。As shown in FIG10 , a DMTC period 1020 may be associated with the set of cells 1005, 1010, and 1015. The DMTC period 1020 may be associated with all cells of all eNBs operating within the eNB network or cluster. Within the DMTC period 1020, a discovery window 1025 may be configured for eNBs communicating via the set of cells 1005, 1010, and 1015. In some examples, the discovery window 1025 may be a subframe. In some examples, the DMTC period 1020 may have a duration on the order of 40-80 milliseconds, and the discovery window 1025 may have a duration on the order of 5-10 milliseconds. Other non-overlapping or overlapping discovery windows may be configured for other eNBs.
在一些示例中,经由该组蜂窝小区1005、1010和1015通信的eNB可同时在这些蜂窝小区中的每一者上、在发现窗口1025内的固定位置处、或在发现窗口1025内的一个或多个可配置位置处传送DRS。然而,同时的DRS传输可由聚集发射功率限制来进行功率限制。缓解聚集发射功率限制的作用的一种方式是为蜂窝小区1005、1010和1015定义一组交错的DMTC时段。交错的DMTC时段以及其中的发现窗口可使得在不同蜂窝小区中传送的DRS在不同时间被传送,由此避免需要eNB实施共享频谱带的聚集发射功率限制。缓解聚集发射功率限制的作用的另一种方式参照图11来描述。In some examples, the eNBs communicating via the set of cells 1005, 1010, and 1015 may transmit DRS on each of these cells simultaneously, at a fixed location within the discovery window 1025, or at one or more configurable locations within the discovery window 1025. However, simultaneous DRS transmissions may be power limited by an aggregate transmit power limit. One way to mitigate the effects of the aggregate transmit power limit is to define a set of staggered DMTC periods for the cells 1005, 1010, and 1015. The staggered DMTC periods and the discovery windows therein may cause DRS transmitted in different cells to be transmitted at different times, thereby avoiding the need for the eNB to enforce aggregate transmit power limits for the shared spectrum band. Another way to mitigate the effects of the aggregate transmit power limit is described with reference to FIG.
图11示出了根据本公开的各种方面的其中可在多个蜂窝小区中的每一者中传送DRS的示例发现窗口1100。在发现窗口1100中,eNB可在共享频谱带中的一组一个或多个蜂窝小区上(例如,在蜂窝小区1105、1110和1115上)(以及在一些情形中,在共享频谱带或专用频谱带中的附加蜂窝小区上)与UE通信。eNB和UE可以是参照图1、2、3、6和7描述的eNB105或UE 115的各方面的示例。FIG11 illustrates an example discovery window 1100 in which a DRS may be transmitted in each of a plurality of cells according to various aspects of the present disclosure. In discovery window 1100, an eNB may communicate with a UE on a set of one or more cells in a shared spectrum band (e.g., cells 1105, 1110, and 1115) (and, in some cases, additional cells in a shared spectrum band or a dedicated spectrum band). The eNB and UE may be examples of aspects of the eNB 105 or UE 115 described with reference to FIG1 , 2, 3, 6, and 7.
发现窗口1100可以是参照图10描述的发现窗口1000的示例,并且可分配在DMTC时段内。第一DRS 1120可在第一蜂窝小区1105中传送,第二DRS1125可在第二蜂窝小区1110中传送,并且第三DRS 1130可在第三蜂窝小区1115中传送。第一DRS 1120、第二DRS 1125和第三DRS 1130的起始码元周期(或起始码元偏移)可以交错,以使得第一DRS 1120、第二DRS1125和第三DRS 1130不交叠,藉此使得第一DRS 1120、第二DRS 1125和第三DRS 1130中的每一者可按最高达共享频谱带的聚集发射功率限制所允许的最大发射功率来传送。在一些示例中,DRS的起始码元的位置可以是其中传送DRS的蜂窝小区的蜂窝小区ID的函数。在一些示例中,起始码元的位置可在不同频谱带中被重用,其中这些不同频谱带与独立的聚集发射功率限制相关联。The discovery window 1100 may be an example of the discovery window 1000 described with reference to FIG10 and may be allocated within a DMTC period. A first DRS 1120 may be transmitted in a first cell 1105, a second DRS 1125 may be transmitted in a second cell 1110, and a third DRS 1130 may be transmitted in a third cell 1115. The starting symbol periods (or starting symbol offsets) of the first DRS 1120, the second DRS 1125, and the third DRS 1130 may be staggered so that the first DRS 1120, the second DRS 1125, and the third DRS 1130 do not overlap, thereby allowing each of the first DRS 1120, the second DRS 1125, and the third DRS 1130 to be transmitted at a maximum transmit power allowed by the aggregate transmit power limit of the shared spectrum band. In some examples, the position of the starting symbol of the DRS may be a function of the cell ID of the cell in which the DRS is transmitted. In some examples, the location of the starting symbols may be reused in different spectrum bands, where the different spectrum bands are associated with independent aggregate transmit power limits.
当DRS的传输与共享数据信道(例如,PDSCH)的传输在蜂窝小区1105、1110和1115中的一者或多者上被复用时,DRS的发射功率电平可独立于PDSCH的发射功率电平来设置,并且当DRS的发射功率电平太高从而无法在聚集发射功率限制内实现PDSCH的同时传输时,PDSCH的发射功率电平可被减小(或PSDSCH可以不被传送)。When transmission of DRS is multiplexed with transmission of a shared data channel (e.g., PDSCH) on one or more of cellular cells 1105, 1110 and 1115, the transmit power level of DRS can be set independently of the transmit power level of PDSCH, and when the transmit power level of DRS is too high to enable simultaneous transmission of PDSCH within the aggregate transmit power limit, the transmit power level of PDSCH can be reduced (or PSDSCH may not be transmitted).
图12示出了根据本公开的各种方面的被配置成用于无执照LTE的控制流增强的无线设备1200的框图。无线设备1200可以是参照图1-11所描述的UE115的各方面的示例。无线设备1200可包括接收机1205、无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210、以及发射机1215。无线设备1200还可包括处理器。这些组件中的每一者可与彼此处于通信。FIG12 shows a block diagram of a wireless device 1200 configured for control flow enhancement for unlicensed LTE according to various aspects of the present disclosure. The wireless device 1200 may be an example of aspects of the UE 115 described with reference to FIG1-11. The wireless device 1200 may include a receiver 1205, an unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210, and a transmitter 1215. The wireless device 1200 may also include a processor. Each of these components may be in communication with each other.
接收机1205可接收信息,诸如分组、用户数据、或与各种信息信道相关联的控制信息(例如,控制信道、数据信道、以及与无执照LTE的控制流增强有关的信息等)。信息可被传递给无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210,并传递给无线设备1200的其他组件。The receiver 1205 may receive information such as packets, user data, or control information associated with various information channels (e.g., control channels, data channels, and information related to control flow enhancements for unlicensed LTE). The information may be passed to the unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210 and to other components of the wireless device 1200.
无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210可执行以上描述的用于无执照蜂窝小区中的浮动TTI操作的控制流处理(包括ePDCCH处理、非周期性CSI报告、DRX操作、以及传输突发末尾处的扩展TTI)的增强的技术。无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210还可执行所描述的用于无执照蜂窝小区的参考信号配置、多个无执照蜂窝小区的联合准予的处理、部分式子帧的ePDCCH处理、以及多信道DRS操作的增强的技术。The unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210 may perform the enhanced techniques described above for control flow processing for floating TTI operation in unlicensed cells, including ePDCCH processing, aperiodic CSI reporting, DRX operation, and extended TTI at the end of a transmission burst. The unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210 may also perform the enhanced techniques described above for reference signal configuration for unlicensed cells, processing of joint grants for multiple unlicensed cells, ePDCCH processing for partial subframes, and multi-channel DRS operation.
发射机1215可传送从无线设备1200的其他组件接收的信号。在一些示例中,发射机1215可与接收机1205共处于收发机中。发射机1215可包括单个天线,或者它可包括多个天线。The transmitter 1215 may transmit signals received from other components of the wireless device 1200. In some examples, the transmitter 1215 may be co-located in a transceiver with the receiver 1205. The transmitter 1215 may include a single antenna, or it may include multiple antennas.
图13示出了无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-a的框图1300,无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-a可以是根据本公开的各种方面的用于无执照LTE的增强型控制流的无线设备1200的组件。无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-a可以是参照图12描述的无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210的各方面的示例。无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-a可包括无执照蜂窝小区配置标识器1310、传输检测器1320、参考信号接收器1330、参考信号处理器1340、子帧检测器1350、以及CSI处理器1360。这些组件中的每一者可与彼此处于通信。FIG13 shows a block diagram 1300 of an unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210-a, which may be a component of the wireless device 1200 for enhanced control flow for unlicensed LTE according to various aspects of the present disclosure. The unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210-a may be an example of aspects of the unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210 described with reference to FIG12. The unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210-a may include an unlicensed cell configuration identifier 1310, a transmission detector 1320, a reference signal receiver 1330, a reference signal processor 1340, a subframe detector 1350, and a CSI processor 1360. Each of these components may be in communication with one another.
无执照蜂窝小区配置标识器1310可标识使用共享频谱带中的副蜂窝小区的通信的配置,如参照图2-11所描述的。The unlicensed cell configuration identifier 1310 may identify a configuration for communications using a secondary cell in a shared spectrum band, as described with reference to FIGs. 2-11.
传输检测器1320可标识来自该副蜂窝小区的包括多个子帧的传输,如参照图2-11所描述的。该传输可以是副蜂窝小区数据块1315。The transmission detector 1320 may identify a transmission from the secondary cell that includes multiple subframes, as described with reference to FIGURES 2-11. The transmission may be the secondary cell data block 1315.
参考信号接收器1330可接收参考信号子帧指示符,如参照图2-11所描述的。该指示符可以是指示符数据块1325。在一些示例中,参考信号子帧指示符可以是跨子帧指示符。在一些示例中,跨子帧指示符可以是在共享频谱带的不同副蜂窝小区上接收的。在一些示例中,跨子帧指示符可以是通过在专用频谱带中操作的有执照蜂窝小区接收的。在一些示例中,跨子帧指示符包括经由有执照蜂窝小区的下行链路控制信道接收的下行链路控制信息(DCI)格式的字段。在一些示例中,跨子帧指示符可通过副蜂窝小区在指示符信道中接收或在经由副蜂窝小区的下行链路控制信道接收的下行链路控制信息(DCI)格式的字段上接收。The reference signal receiver 1330 may receive a reference signal subframe indicator, as described with reference to FIG. 2-11 . The indicator may be an indicator data block 1325 . In some examples, the reference signal subframe indicator may be a cross-subframe indicator. In some examples, the cross-subframe indicator may be received on different secondary cells in a shared spectrum band. In some examples, the cross-subframe indicator may be received by a licensed cell operating in a dedicated spectrum band. In some examples, the cross-subframe indicator includes a field of a downlink control information (DCI) format received via a downlink control channel of the licensed cell. In some examples, the cross-subframe indicator may be received by the secondary cell in an indicator channel or on a field of a downlink control information (DCI) format received via a downlink control channel of the secondary cell.
参考信号处理器1340可至少部分地基于跨子帧指示符来确定该传输的至少一个子帧的参考信号配置,如参照图2-11所描述的。该指示符可以是参考信号子帧数据块1335。在一些示例中,该确定包括标识与至少一个参考信号配置相关联的初始传送的子帧集合。参考信号处理器1340还可至少部分地基于与该传输相关联的检出前置码来确定该至少一个子帧内用于至少一个参考信号的一个或多个码元位置。The reference signal processor 1340 may determine a reference signal configuration for at least one subframe of the transmission based at least in part on a cross-subframe indicator, as described with reference to FIG. 2-11 . The indicator may be a reference signal subframe data block 1335 . In some examples, the determination includes identifying a set of subframes for initial transmission associated with the at least one reference signal configuration. The reference signal processor 1340 may also determine one or more symbol positions for at least one reference signal within the at least one subframe based at least in part on a detected preamble associated with the transmission.
子帧检测器1350可标识至少一个子帧具有相对于在专用频谱带中操作的有执照蜂窝小区的异步码元定时,如参照图2-11所描述的。该子帧可以是子帧数据块1345。The subframe detector 1350 may identify at least one subframe having asynchronous symbol timing relative to a licensed cell operating in a dedicated spectrum band, as described with reference to FIGs.
CSI处理器1360可测量由UE用于通信的信道的特性并随后确定用于报告的CSI参数。这些参数可以按CSI报告的形式发送自UE。CSI报告可包含请求要被用于DL传输的层数的秩指示符(RI)(例如,基于UE 115的天线端口)、指示应当使用哪个预编码器矩阵的偏好的预编码矩阵指示符(PMI)(基于层数)、或者表示可被使用的最高调制和编码方案(MCS)的信道质量指示符(CQI)。CQI可由UE 115在接收到预定导频码元(诸如CRS或CSI-RS)之后计算。如果UE 115不支持空间复用(或者没有处于支持空间模式中),则RI和PMI可被排除。该报告中所包括的信息类型确定报告类型。CSI报告可以是周期性或非周期性的。The CSI processor 1360 can measure the characteristics of the channel used by the UE for communication and then determine the CSI parameters for reporting. These parameters can be sent from the UE in the form of a CSI report. The CSI report can include a rank indicator (RI) requesting the number of layers to be used for DL transmission (e.g., based on the antenna ports of the UE 115), a precoding matrix indicator (PMI) indicating a preference for which precoder matrix should be used (based on the number of layers), or a channel quality indicator (CQI) indicating the highest modulation and coding scheme (MCS) that can be used. The CQI can be calculated by the UE 115 after receiving predetermined pilot symbols (such as CRS or CSI-RS). If the UE 115 does not support spatial multiplexing (or is not in a mode that supports spatial multiplexing), the RI and PMI can be excluded. The type of information included in the report determines the report type. CSI reports can be periodic or aperiodic.
图14示出了无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-b的框图1400,无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-b可以是根据本公开的各种方面的用于无执照LTE的增强型控制流的无线设备1200的组件。无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-b可以是参照图12-13描述的无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210的各方面的示例。无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-b可包括传输检测器1320-a、LBT DCI处理器1410、LBT联合准予处理器1420、以及LBT个体准予处理器1430。这些组件中的每一者可与彼此处于通信。FIG14 shows a block diagram 1400 of an unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210-b, which may be a component of the wireless device 1200 for enhanced control flow for unlicensed LTE according to various aspects of the present disclosure. The unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210-b may be an example of aspects of the unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210 described with reference to FIG12-13. The unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210-b may include a transmission detector 1320-a, an LBT DCI processor 1410, an LBT joint grant processor 1420, and an LBT individual grant processor 1430. Each of these components may be in communication with one another.
传输检测器1320-a可标识共享频谱带上来自基站的传输中的多个蜂窝小区,其中该传输经受共享频率信道的先听后讲(LBT)规程,如参照图2-11所描述的。传输检测器1320-a还可确定该多个蜂窝小区中具有为该LBT传输成功保留的相关联频率信道的蜂窝小区子集。The transmission detector 1320-a may identify a plurality of cells in a transmission from a base station on a shared spectrum band, wherein the transmission is subject to a listen-before-talk (LBT) procedure for a shared frequency channel, as described with reference to FIGURES 2-11. The transmission detector 1320-a may also determine a subset of cells in the plurality of cells that have associated frequency channels successfully reserved for the LBT transmission.
LBT DCI处理器1410可标识用于该传输的初始传送的第一子帧集合的第一调度配置1415-a,第一调度配置1415-a包括配置用于携带针对该多个蜂窝小区中的相应蜂窝小区的个体准予的第一组蜂窝小区的一个或多个搜索空间,如参照图2-11所描述的。LBT DCI处理器1410还可标识用于该传输中在第一子帧集合之后的第二子帧集合的第二调度配置1415-b,第二调度配置1415-b包括与针对该多个蜂窝小区的联合准予相关联的至少一个蜂窝小区的至少一个搜索空间。The LBT DCI processor 1410 may identify a first scheduling configuration 1415-a for a first set of subframes for an initial transmission of the transmission, the first scheduling configuration 1415-a including one or more search spaces for a first group of cells configured to carry individual grants for corresponding cells in the plurality of cells, as described with reference to FIGURES 2-11. The LBT DCI processor 1410 may also identify a second scheduling configuration 1415-b for a second set of subframes in the transmission that follows the first set of subframes, the second scheduling configuration 1415-b including at least one search space for at least one cell associated with a joint grant for the plurality of cells.
LBT联合准予处理器1430可处理与第一调度配置1415-a相关联的个体准予。LBT联合准予处理器1430可输出与该多个蜂窝小区的第一子帧集合相关联的第一资源分配信息1425-a。The LBT joint grant processor 1430 may process individual grants associated with the first scheduling configuration 1415-a.The LBT joint grant processor 1430 may output first resource allocation information 1425-a associated with a first set of subframes for the plurality of cells.
LBT联合准予处理器1420可处理与第二调度配置1415-b相关联的联合准予。在交叉调度的情形中,LBT联合准予处理器1420还可至少部分地基于因UE而异的标识符来从该多个蜂窝小区的该子集确定该至少一个蜂窝小区,如参照图2-11所描述的。因UE而异的标识符可以是指派给UE的RNTI。在一些示例中,该至少一个蜂窝小区包括在专用频谱带中操作的有执照蜂窝小区。LBT联合准予处理器1430可输出与该多个蜂窝小区的第二子帧集合相关联的第二资源分配信息1425-b。第一和第二资源分配信息1425-a、1425-b可被用于接收和处理经由该多个蜂窝小区的数据传输。The LBT joint grant processor 1420 may process a joint grant associated with the second scheduling configuration 1415-b. In the case of cross scheduling, the LBT joint grant processor 1420 may also determine the at least one cell from the subset of the multiple cells based at least in part on a UE-specific identifier, as described with reference to FIG2-11. The UE-specific identifier may be an RNTI assigned to the UE. In some examples, the at least one cell includes a licensed cell operating in a dedicated spectrum band. The LBT joint grant processor 1430 may output second resource allocation information 1425-b associated with a second subframe set of the multiple cells. The first and second resource allocation information 1425-a, 1425-b may be used to receive and process data transmissions via the multiple cells.
图15示出了无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-c的框图1500,无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-c可以是根据本公开的各种方面的用于无执照LTE的控制流增强的无线设备1200的组件。无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-c可以是参照图12-14描述的无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210的各方面的示例。无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-c可包括信道解调估计器1510和LBT DCI处理器1410-a。这些组件中的每一者可与彼此处于通信。FIG15 shows a block diagram 1500 of an unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210-c, which may be a component of a wireless device 1200 for control flow enhancement of unlicensed LTE according to various aspects of the present disclosure. The unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210-c may be an example of aspects of the unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210 described with reference to FIG12-14. The unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210-c may include a channel demodulation estimator 1510 and an LBT DCI processor 1410-a. Each of these components may be in communication with one another.
信道解调估计器1510可从与用于共享频谱带的一个或多个蜂窝小区的控制信道相关联的天线端口有限集合来估计信道解调信息,如参照图2-12所描述的。The channel demodulation estimator 1510 may estimate channel demodulation information from a finite set of antenna ports associated with a control channel for one or more cells of a shared spectrum band, as described with reference to FIGs. 2-12.
LBT DCI处理器1410-a可确定包括用于该一个或多个蜂窝小区的部分式子帧的控制信道搜索空间,如参照图2-11所描述的。LBT DCI处理器1410-a还可使用从该天线端口有限集合所估计的信道解调信息来解调该控制信道搜索空间中的控制信道候选。所估计的信道解调信息可以是信道解调数据块1515。在一些示例中,控制信道包括增强型物理下行链路控制信道(ePDCCH)。The LBT DCI processor 1410-a may determine a control channel search space comprising partial subframes for the one or more cells, as described with reference to FIG. 2-11. The LBT DCI processor 1410-a may also use estimated channel demodulation information from the finite set of antenna ports to demodulate control channel candidates in the control channel search space. The estimated channel demodulation information may be a channel demodulation data block 1515. In some examples, the control channel comprises an enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH).
图16示出了无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-d的框图1600,无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-d可以是根据本公开的各种方面的用于无执照LTE的控制流增强的无线设备1200的组件。无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-d可以是参照图12-15描述的无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210的各方面的示例。无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-c可包括无执照蜂窝小区配置标识器1310-a、传输检测器1320-b、LBT动态TTI检测器1350-a、和LBTDCI处理器1410-b。FIG16 shows a block diagram 1600 of an unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210-d, which may be a component of a wireless device 1200 for control flow enhancement of unlicensed LTE according to various aspects of the present disclosure. The unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210-d may be an example of aspects of the unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210 described with reference to FIG12-15. The unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210-c may include an unlicensed cell configuration identifier 1310-a, a transmission detector 1320-b, an LBT dynamic TTI detector 1350-a, and an LBTDCI processor 1410-b.
无执照蜂窝小区配置标识器1310-a可标识使用经同步蜂窝小区的通信的配置,该经同步蜂窝小区在共享频谱带中操作并且具有静态子帧位置,如参照图2-11所描述的。The unlicensed cell configuration identifier 1310 - a may identify a configuration for communications using synchronized cells operating in a shared spectrum band and having static subframe positions, as described with reference to FIGs. 2-11 .
传输检测器1320-b可标识针对该经同步蜂窝小区的先听后讲(LBT)传输,如参照图2-11所描述的。The transmission detector 1320 - b may identify listen-before-talk (LBT) transmissions for the synchronized cell, as described with reference to FIGURES 2-11.
LBT动态TTI检测器1350-a可至少部分地基于该LBT传输的信道保留信号来确定该经同步蜂窝小区的共享数据信道的动态TTI,如参照图2-11所描述的。该LBT传输的信道保留信号可以是信道保留信号块1605。The LBT dynamic TTI detector 1350 - a may determine the dynamic TTI of the shared data channel of the synchronized cell based at least in part on the channel reservation signal of the LBT transmission, as described with reference to FIGURES 2-11. The channel reservation signal of the LBT transmission may be a channel reservation signal block 1605.
LBT DCI处理器1410-b可至少部分地基于该动态TTI与静态子帧位置的边界之间的偏移来确定包括共享数据信道的共享数据区域内用于控制信道的搜索空间,如参照图2-11所描述的。该确定可基于该LBT传输的特性,其可以是传输特性数据块1610。在一些示例中,该搜索空间包括与该动态TTI相同的码元集合。在一些示例中,该搜索空间包括该动态TTI的码元子集,并且其中该动态TTI的该码元子集可至少部分地基于该动态TTI与静态子帧位置的边界之间的偏移来确定。在一些示例中,该控制信道包括ePDCCH。LBT DCI处理器1410-b还可至少部分地基于在该控制信道中接收到的物理帧格式指示信道(PFFICH)或准予中的至少一者中所包括的字段来确定该LBT传输的最后TTI的码元周期数目。LBT DCI处理器1410-b还可至少部分地基于静态的码元周期数目或所确定的码元周期数目中的至少一者来确定针对该最后TTI的控制信道的搜索空间。The LBT DCI processor 1410-b may determine a search space for a control channel within a shared data region including a shared data channel based at least in part on an offset between the dynamic TTI and a boundary of a static subframe position, as described with reference to Figures 2-11. The determination may be based on a characteristic of the LBT transmission, which may be a transmission characteristic data block 1610. In some examples, the search space includes the same set of codewords as the dynamic TTI. In some examples, the search space includes a subset of codewords for the dynamic TTI, and wherein the subset of codewords for the dynamic TTI may be determined at least in part based on an offset between the dynamic TTI and a boundary of a static subframe position. In some examples, the control channel includes an ePDCCH. The LBT DCI processor 1410-b may also determine the number of codeword periods of the last TTI of the LBT transmission based at least in part on a field included in at least one of a physical frame format indicator channel (PFFICH) or a grant received in the control channel. The LBT DCI processor 1410-b may also determine a search space for a control channel for the last TTI based at least in part on at least one of a static number of symbol periods or a determined number of symbol periods.
图17示出了无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-e的框图1700,无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-e可以是根据本公开的各种方面的用于无执照LTE的控制流增强的无线设备1200的组件。无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-e可以是参照图12-16描述的无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210的各方面的示例。无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-e可包括无执照蜂窝小区配置标识器1310-b、传输检测器1320-c、LBT DCI处理器1410-c、以及LBT非周期性CSI参考定时处理器1710。FIG17 shows a block diagram 1700 of an unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210-e, which may be a component of the wireless device 1200 for control flow enhancement of unlicensed LTE according to various aspects of the present disclosure. The unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210-e may be an example of aspects of the unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210 described with reference to FIG12-16. The unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210-e may include an unlicensed cell configuration identifier 1310-b, a transmission detector 1320-c, an LBT DCI processor 1410-c, and an LBT aperiodic CSI reference timing processor 1710.
无执照蜂窝小区配置标识器1310-b可标识使用至少第一蜂窝小区和第二蜂窝小区的通信的配置,第二蜂窝小区在共享频谱带中操作,如参照图2-11所描述的。The unlicensed cell configuration identifier 1310 - b may identify a configuration for communications using at least a first cell and a second cell, the second cell operating in a shared spectrum band, as described with reference to FIGs. 2-11 .
传输检测器1320-c可标识针对第二蜂窝小区的传输,如参照图2-11所描述的。The transmission detector 1320 - c may identify transmissions for the second cell, as described with reference to FIGs. 2-11 .
LBT DCI处理器1410-c可在第二蜂窝小区的控制信道中接收对非周期性CSI报告的请求,如参照图2-11所描述的。对非周期性CSI报告的该请求可以是请求块1705。The LBT DCI processor 1410 - c may receive a request for an aperiodic CSI report in a control channel of the second cell, as described with reference to FIGURES 2- 11. The request for an aperiodic CSI report may be a request block 1705.
LBT非周期性CSI参考定时处理器1710可至少部分地基于该控制信道相对于第一蜂窝小区的子帧索引的定时参数来确定该非周期性CSI报告的参考定时,如参照图2-11所描述的。在一些示例中,该定时参数包括该控制信道的第一码元或该控制信道的最后码元。在一些示例中,该控制信道包括PDCCH或ePDCCH。该定时参数可以是定时参数数据块1715。LBT aperiodic CSI reference timing processor 1710 may determine a reference timing for the aperiodic CSI report based at least in part on a timing parameter of the control channel relative to a subframe index of the first cell, as described with reference to FIG. 2-11 . In some examples, the timing parameter comprises the first symbol of the control channel or the last symbol of the control channel. In some examples, the control channel comprises a PDCCH or an ePDCCH. The timing parameter may be a timing parameter data block 1715.
图18示出了无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-f的框图1800,无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-f可以是根据本公开的各种方面的用于无执照LTE的控制流增强的无线设备1200的组件。无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-f可以是参照图12-17描述的无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210的各方面的示例。无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-e可包括无执照蜂窝小区配置标识器1310-c、DRX寻呼控制器1810、以及LBT寻呼时机偏移标识器1820。FIG18 shows a block diagram 1800 of an unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210-f, which can be a component of a wireless device 1200 for control flow enhancement of unlicensed LTE according to various aspects of the present disclosure. The unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210-f can be an example of aspects of the unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210 described with reference to FIG12-17. The unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210-e can include an unlicensed cell configuration identifier 1310-c, a DRX paging controller 1810, and an LBT paging occasion offset identifier 1820.
无执照蜂窝小区配置标识器1310-c可标识使用在共享频谱带中操作的蜂窝小区的通信的配置,如参照图2-11所描述的。The unlicensed cell configuration identifier 1310 - c may identify a configuration for communications using a cell operating in a shared spectrum band, as described with reference to FIGs. 2-11 .
DRX寻呼控制器1810可至少部分地基于与关联于该蜂窝小区的DRX配置相关联的寻呼时机来从禁用接收状态启用针对该蜂窝小区的接收,如参照图2-11所描述的。DRX寻呼控制器1810还可在该寻呼时机的第一码元上接收CRS。该寻呼时机可以是寻呼时机数据块1805。The DRX paging controller 1810 may enable reception for the cell from a disabled reception state based at least in part on a paging occasion associated with a DRX configuration associated with the cell, as described with reference to FIG. 2-11 . The DRX paging controller 1810 may also receive a CRS on a first symbol of the paging occasion. The paging occasion may be the paging occasion data block 1805.
LBT寻呼时机偏移标识器1820可至少部分地基于在该寻呼时机内具有静态位置的指示符信道来标识该蜂窝小区的控制信道的码元偏移,如参照图2-11所描述的。在一些示例中,该控制信道包括ePDCCH。该码元偏移可从信道特性块1815推导出。LBT paging occasion offset identifier 1820 can identify a symbol offset for a control channel of the cell based at least in part on an indicator channel having a static position within the paging occasion, as described with reference to FIG. 2-11 . In some examples, the control channel includes an ePDCCH. The symbol offset can be derived from channel characteristics block 1815 .
图19示出了无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-g的框图1900,无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-g可以是根据本公开的各种方面的用于无执照LTE的控制流增强的无线设备1200的组件。无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-g可以是参照图12-18描述的无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210的各方面的示例。无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210-g可包括LBT DMTC处理器1910和LBT DRS定时处理器1920。FIG19 shows a block diagram 1900 of an unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210-g, which may be a component of a wireless device 1200 for control flow enhancement of unlicensed LTE according to various aspects of the present disclosure. The unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210-g may be an example of aspects of the unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210 described with reference to FIG12-18. The unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210-g may include an LBT DMTC processor 1910 and an LBT DRS timing processor 1920.
LBT DMTC处理器1910可接收与共享频谱带的一个或多个蜂窝小区相关联的发现信号测量定时配置(DMTC),如参照图2-11所描述的。在一些示例中,DMTC可与该一个或多个蜂窝小区中的多个蜂窝小区相关联。在一些示例中,该多个蜂窝小区包括两个不同频带中的至少两个蜂窝小区,这两个不同频带具有独立的聚集发射功率限制。该DMTC可以是DMTC数据块1905。LBT DMTC processor 1910 may receive a discovery signal measurement timing configuration (DMTC) associated with one or more cells in a shared spectrum band, as described with reference to FIG. 2-11 . In some examples, the DMTC may be associated with multiple cells in the one or more cells. In some examples, the multiple cells include at least two cells in two different frequency bands, the two different frequency bands having independent aggregate transmit power limits. The DMTC may be DMTC data block 1905 .
LBT DRS定时处理器1920可确定与该一个或多个蜂窝小区的DRS相关联的子帧,如参照图2-11所描述的。LBT DRS定时处理器1920还可至少部分地基于与该一个或多个蜂窝小区中的至少一个蜂窝小区相关联的蜂窝小区标识符来确定该子帧内针对该至少一个蜂窝小区的DRS的起始码元。该蜂窝小区标识符可以是蜂窝小区标识符数据块1915。The LBT DRS timing processor 1920 may determine a subframe associated with the DRS for the one or more cells, as described with reference to FIG. 2-11. The LBT DRS timing processor 1920 may also determine a starting symbol for the DRS for at least one of the one or more cells within the subframe based at least in part on a cell identifier associated with the at least one cell. The cell identifier may be the cell identifier data block 1915.
图20示出了根据本公开的各种方面的包括被配置成用于无执照LTE的控制流增强的UE 115的系统2000的示图。系统2000可包括UE 115-i,其可以是参照图1、2和12-19所描述的无线设备1200、或UE 115的示例。UE 115-i可包括无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210,其可包括参照图12-19所描述的无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210的各方面。UE 115-i还可包括用于双向语音和数据通信的组件,其包括用于传送通信的组件和用于接收通信的组件。例如,UE 115-i可与基站105-h或UE 115-j进行双向通信。FIG20 illustrates a diagram of a system 2000 including a UE 115 configured for control flow enhancement for unlicensed LTE, according to various aspects of the present disclosure. System 2000 may include a UE 115-i, which may be an example of a wireless device 1200 or a UE 115 as described with reference to FIG1 , FIG2 , and FIG12 - 19 . UE 115-i may include an unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210, which may include aspects of the unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210 described with reference to FIG12 - 19 . UE 115-i may also include components for two-way voice and data communication, including components for transmitting communications and components for receiving communications. For example, UE 115-i may engage in two-way communication with base station 105-h or UE 115-j.
UE 115-i还可包括处理器2005、以及存储器2015(包括软件(SW)2020)、收发机2035、以及一个或多个天线2040,其各自可彼此直接或间接(例如,经由总线2045)进行通信。收发机2035可经由天线2040或者有线或无线链路与一个或多个网络进行双向通信,如上所述。例如,收发机2035可与基站105或另一UE 115进行双向通信。收发机2035可包括调制解调器以调制分组并将经调制分组提供给天线2040以供传输、以及解调从天线2040接收到的分组。虽然UE 115-i可包括单个天线2040,但UE 115-i也可具有能够并发地传送或接收多个无线传输的多个天线2040。UE 115-i may also include a processor 2005, as well as a memory 2015 (including software (SW) 2020), a transceiver 2035, and one or more antennas 2040, each of which may communicate with each other directly or indirectly (e.g., via a bus 2045). The transceiver 2035 may communicate bidirectionally with one or more networks via the antennas 2040 or a wired or wireless link, as described above. For example, the transceiver 2035 may communicate bidirectionally with a base station 105 or another UE 115. The transceiver 2035 may include a modem to modulate packets and provide the modulated packets to the antennas 2040 for transmission, and to demodulate packets received from the antennas 2040. Although the UE 115-i may include a single antenna 2040, the UE 115-i may also have multiple antennas 2040 capable of concurrently transmitting or receiving multiple wireless transmissions.
存储器2015可包括随机存取存储器(RAM)和只读存储器(ROM)。存储器2015可存储包括指令的计算机可读、计算机可执行软件/固件代码2020,这些指令在被执行时使得处理器2005执行本文所描述的各种功能(例如,无执照LTE的控制流增强,等等)。替换地,软件/固件代码2020可能不能被处理器2005直接执行,但(例如,在被编译和执行时)使计算机执行本文中描述的功能。处理器2005可包括智能硬件设备(例如,中央处理单元(CPU)、微控制器、专用集成电路(ASIC)等)。The memory 2015 may include random access memory (RAM) and read-only memory (ROM). The memory 2015 may store computer-readable, computer-executable software/firmware code 2020 including instructions that, when executed, cause the processor 2005 to perform the various functions described herein (e.g., control flow enhancements for unlicensed LTE, etc.). Alternatively, the software/firmware code 2020 may not be directly executable by the processor 2005, but (e.g., when compiled and executed) causes the computer to perform the functions described herein. The processor 2005 may include an intelligent hardware device (e.g., a central processing unit (CPU), a microcontroller, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), etc.).
图21示出了根据本公开的各种方面的用于无执照LTE的控制流增强的无线设备2100的框图。无线设备2100可以是参照图1-20描述的无线设备2000或基站105的诸方面的示例。无线设备2100可包括接收机2105、无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器2110、以及发射机2115。无线设备2100还可包括处理器。这些组件中的每一者可与彼此处于通信。无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器2110可包括无执照蜂窝小区DRS操作器2120、无执照蜂窝小区DRS发射器2130、以及无执照蜂窝小区发射功率调节器2140。FIG21 shows a block diagram of a wireless device 2100 for control flow enhancement for unlicensed LTE according to various aspects of the present disclosure. The wireless device 2100 may be an example of aspects of the wireless device 2000 or base station 105 described with reference to FIG1-20. The wireless device 2100 may include a receiver 2105, an unlicensed cell control flow manager 2110, and a transmitter 2115. The wireless device 2100 may also include a processor. Each of these components may be in communication with one another. The unlicensed cell control flow manager 2110 may include an unlicensed cell DRS operator 2120, an unlicensed cell DRS transmitter 2130, and an unlicensed cell transmit power regulator 2140.
接收机2105可接收信息,诸如分组、用户数据、或与各种信息信道相关联的控制信息(例如,控制信道、数据信道、以及与无执照LTE的控制流增强有关的信息等)。信息可被传递给无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器2110,并传递给无线设备2100的其他组件。The receiver 2105 may receive information such as packets, user data, or control information associated with various information channels (e.g., control channels, data channels, and information related to control flow enhancements for unlicensed LTE). The information may be passed to the unlicensed cell control flow manager 2110 and to other components of the wireless device 2100.
无执照蜂窝小区DRS操作器2120可操作共享频谱带上的多个蜂窝小区,其中该多个蜂窝小区的DRS根据共享发现信号测量定时配置(DMTC)来传送,并且其中该多个蜂窝小区中的每一者用不同的起始码元偏移来传送,如参照图2-19所描述的。The unlicensed cell DRS operator 2120 may operate multiple cells on a shared spectrum band, wherein DRSs of the multiple cells are transmitted according to a shared discovery signal measurement timing configuration (DMTC), and wherein each of the multiple cells is transmitted with a different start symbol offset, as described with reference to FIG. 2-19 .
无执照蜂窝小区DRS发射器2130可用与该多个蜂窝小区中的每一者的共享数据信道的发射功率电平相独立的DRS功率电平来传送该多个蜂窝小区中的每一者的DRS,如参照图2-19所描述的。The unlicensed cell DRS transmitter 2130 may transmit the DRS for each of the plurality of cells at a DRS power level that is independent of the transmit power level of the shared data channel for each of the plurality of cells, as described with reference to FIGs. 2-19.
无执照蜂窝小区发射功率调节器2140可至少部分地基于DRS功率电平和预定义发射功率电平针对该多个蜂窝小区中的每一者调节共享数据信道的发射功率电平,如参照图2-19所描述的。The unlicensed cell transmit power adjuster 2140 may adjust the transmit power level of the shared data channel for each of the plurality of cells based at least in part on the DRS power level and the predefined transmit power level, as described with reference to FIGs. 2-19.
发射机2115可传送从无线设备2100的其他组件接收的信号。在一些示例中,发射机2115可与接收机2105共处于收发机中。发射机2115可包括单个天线,或者它可包括多个天线。The transmitter 2115 may transmit signals received from other components of the wireless device 2100. In some examples, the transmitter 2115 may be co-located in a transceiver with the receiver 2105. The transmitter 2115 may include a single antenna, or it may include multiple antennas.
图22示出了根据本公开的各种方面的包括被配置成用于无执照LTE的控制流增强的基站105的系统2200的示图。系统2200可包括基站105-i,基站105-i可以是参照图1、2和16-18描述的无线设备1600、无线设备1700、或基站105的示例。基站105-i可包括无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器2110-a,其可以是参照图21所描述的无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器2110的示例。基站105-i还可包括用于双向语音和数据通信的组件,其包括用于传送通信的组件和用于接收通信的组件。例如,基站105-i可与UE 115-k或UE 115-l进行双向通信。FIG22 illustrates a diagram of a system 2200 including a base station 105 configured for control flow enhancement for unlicensed LTE, in accordance with various aspects of the present disclosure. System 2200 may include base station 105-i, which may be an example of wireless device 1600, wireless device 1700, or base station 105 as described with reference to FIG1 , FIG2 , and FIG1 6 - 18. Base station 105-i may include an unlicensed cell control flow manager 2110-a, which may be an example of unlicensed cell control flow manager 2110-a as described with reference to FIG21. Base station 105-i may also include components for bidirectional voice and data communication, including components for transmitting communications and components for receiving communications. For example, base station 105-i may communicate bidirectionally with UE 115-k or UE 115-1.
在一些情形中,基站105-i可具有一个或多个有线回程链路。基站105-i可具有至核心网130-a的有线回程链路(例如,S1接口等)。基站105-i还可经由基站间回程链路(例如,X2接口)与其他基站105(诸如基站105-m和基站105-n)通信。每个基站105可使用相同或不同的无线通信技术与UE 115通信。在一些情形中,基站105-i可以利用基站通信管理器2225来与其他基站(诸如105-m或105-n)进行通信。在一些示例中,基站通信管理器2225可以提供LTE/LTE-A无线通信网络技术内的X2接口以提供一些基站105之间的通信。在一些示例中,基站105-i可通过核心网130与其他基站通信。在一些情形中,基站105-i可通过网络通信管理器2230与核心网130通信。In some cases, base station 105-i may have one or more wired backhaul links. Base station 105-i may have a wired backhaul link (e.g., an S1 interface, etc.) to core network 130-a. Base station 105-i may also communicate with other base stations 105 (such as base station 105-m and base station 105-n) via an inter-base station backhaul link (e.g., an X2 interface). Each base station 105 may communicate with UE 115 using the same or different wireless communication technologies. In some cases, base station 105-i may utilize base station communication manager 2225 to communicate with other base stations (such as 105-m or 105-n). In some examples, base station communication manager 2225 may provide an X2 interface within the LTE/LTE-A wireless communication network technology to provide communication between some base stations 105. In some examples, base station 105-i may communicate with other base stations via core network 130. In some cases, base station 105-i may communicate with core network 130 via network communication manager 2230.
基站105-i可包括处理器2205、存储器2215(包括软件(SW)1920)、收发机2235、以及天线2240,它们各自可彼此直接或间接地通信(例如,通过总线系统2245)。收发机2235可被配置成经由天线2240与UE 115(其可以是多模设备)进行双向通信。收发机2235(或基站105-i的其他组件)也可被配置成经由天线2240与一个或多个其他基站(未示出)进行双向通信。收发机2235可包括调制解调器,其被配置成调制分组并将经调制分组提供给天线2240以供传输、以及解调从天线2240接收到的分组。基站105-i可包括多个收发机2235,其中每个收发机具有一个或多个相关联的天线2240。The base station 105-i may include a processor 2205, a memory 2215 (including software (SW) 1920), a transceiver 2235, and an antenna 2240, each of which may communicate directly or indirectly with one another (e.g., via a bus system 2245). The transceiver 2235 may be configured to communicate bidirectionally with the UE 115 (which may be a multi-mode device) via the antenna 2240. The transceiver 2235 (or other components of the base station 105-i) may also be configured to communicate bidirectionally with one or more other base stations (not shown) via the antenna 2240. The transceiver 2235 may include a modem configured to modulate packets and provide the modulated packets to the antenna 2240 for transmission, and to demodulate packets received from the antenna 2240. The base station 105-i may include multiple transceivers 2235, each having one or more associated antennas 2240.
存储器2215可包括RAM和ROM。存储器2215还可存储包含指令的计算机可读、计算机可执行软件代码2220,该指令被配置成在被执行时使处理器2205执行本文所描述的各种功能(例如,无执照LTE的控制流增强、选择覆盖增强技术、呼叫处理、数据库管理、消息路由等)。替换地,软件2220可以是不能由处理器2205直接执行的,而是被配置成(例如,在被编译和执行时)使计算机执行本文所描述的功能。处理器2205可包括智能硬件设备,例如CPU、微控制器、ASIC等。处理器1105可包括各种专用处理器,诸如编码器、队列处理模块、基带处理器、无线电头端控制器、数字信号处理器(DSP)等。The memory 2215 may include RAM and ROM. The memory 2215 may also store computer-readable, computer-executable software code 2220 containing instructions that, when executed, are configured to cause the processor 2205 to perform the various functions described herein (e.g., control flow enhancement for unlicensed LTE, selection of coverage enhancement technology, call processing, database management, message routing, etc.). Alternatively, the software 2220 may not be directly executable by the processor 2205, but is configured to cause the computer to perform the functions described herein (e.g., when compiled and executed). The processor 2205 may include an intelligent hardware device, such as a CPU, a microcontroller, an ASIC, etc. The processor 1105 may include various specialized processors, such as an encoder, a queue processing module, a baseband processor, a radio head controller, a digital signal processor (DSP), etc.
基站通信管理器2225可以管理与其他基站105的通信。在一些情形中,基站通信管理器可包括用于与其他基站105协作地控制与UE 115的通信的控制器或调度器。例如,基站通信管理器2225可针对各种干扰缓解技术(诸如波束成形或联合传输)来协调对去往UE115的传输的调度。The base station communication manager 2225 may manage communications with other base stations 105. In some cases, the base station communication manager may include a controller or scheduler for controlling communications with the UE 115 in coordination with the other base stations 105. For example, the base station communication manager 2225 may coordinate the scheduling of transmissions to the UE 115 for various interference mitigation techniques, such as beamforming or joint transmission.
无线设备2100和无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器2110的各组件可个体地或全体地使用被适配成以硬件执行一些或所有适用功能的至少一个ASIC来实现。替换地,这些功能可由至少一个IC上的一个或多个其他处理单元(或核)来执行。在其他示例中,可使用可按本领域所知的任何方式来编程的其他类型的集成电路(例如,结构化/平台ASIC、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)、或另一半定制IC)。每个单元的功能也可以整体或部分地用实施在存储器中的、被格式化成由一或多个通用或专用处理器执行的指令来实现。The components of the wireless device 2100 and the unlicensed cell control flow manager 2110 may be implemented individually or collectively using at least one ASIC adapted to perform some or all applicable functions in hardware. Alternatively, these functions may be performed by one or more other processing units (or cores) on at least one IC. In other examples, other types of integrated circuits (e.g., structured/platform ASICs, field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), or other semi-custom ICs) that can be programmed in any manner known in the art may be used. The functionality of each unit may also be implemented in whole or in part using instructions stored in memory and formatted to be executed by one or more general-purpose or application-specific processors.
图23示出了解说根据本公开的各种方面的用于无执照LTE的控制流增强的方法2300的流程图。方法2300的操作可由如参照图1-22描述的UE 115或其组件来实现。例如,方法2300的操作可由如参照图12-19描述的无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210执行。在一些示例中,UE 115可执行用于控制UE 115的功能元件执行以下描述的功能的代码集。附加地或替换地,UE 115可以使用专用硬件来执行以下描述的功能的诸方面。FIG23 shows a flow chart illustrating a method 2300 for control flow enhancements for unlicensed LTE according to various aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of method 2300 may be implemented by UE 115 or components thereof as described with reference to FIGs. 1-22. For example, the operations of method 2300 may be performed by unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210 as described with reference to FIGs. 12-19. In some examples, UE 115 may execute code sets for controlling functional elements of UE 115 to perform the functions described below. Additionally or alternatively, UE 115 may use dedicated hardware to perform aspects of the functions described below.
在框2305,UE 115可标识使用共享频谱带中的副蜂窝小区的通信的配置,其中经由该副蜂窝小区的传输经受共享频率信道的先听后讲(LBT)规程,如参照图2-20所描述的。在某些示例中,框2305的操作可由如参照图13所描述的无执照蜂窝小区配置标识器1310来执行。At block 2305, the UE 115 may identify a configuration for communications using a secondary cell in a shared spectrum band, wherein transmissions via the secondary cell are subject to a listen-before-talk (LBT) procedure for a shared frequency channel, as described with reference to Figures 2-20. In some examples, the operations of block 2305 may be performed by the unlicensed cell configuration identifier 1310, as described with reference to Figure 13.
在框2310,UE 115可标识来自该副蜂窝小区的包括多个子帧的传输,如参照图2-20所描述的。在某些示例中,框2310的操作可由如参照图13所描述的传输检测器1320来执行。At block 2310, the UE 115 may identify a transmission comprising a plurality of subframes from the secondary cell, as described with reference to FIGs. 2-20. In some examples, the operations of block 2310 may be performed by the transmission detector 1320 as described with reference to FIG.
在框2315,UE 115可至少部分地基于跨子帧指示符来确定该传输的至少一个子帧的参考信号配置,如参照图2-20所描述的。在某些示例中,框2315的操作可由如参照图13所描述的参考信号接收器1330来执行。At block 2315, UE 115 may determine a reference signal configuration for at least one subframe of the transmission based at least in part on the cross-subframe indicator, as described with reference to FIGs. 2-20. In some examples, the operations of block 2315 may be performed by reference signal receiver 1330 as described with reference to FIG.
图24示出了解说根据本公开的各种方面的用于无执照LTE的控制流增强的方法2400的流程图。方法2400的操作可由如参照图1-22描述的UE 115或其组件来实现。例如,方法2400的操作可由如参照图12-19描述的无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210执行。在一些示例中,UE 115可执行用于控制UE 115的功能元件执行以下描述的功能的代码集。附加地或替换地,UE 115可以使用专用硬件来执行以下描述的功能的诸方面。方法2400还可纳入图23的方法2300的各方面。FIG24 shows a flow chart illustrating a method 2400 for control flow enhancements for unlicensed LTE according to various aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of method 2400 may be implemented by UE 115 or components thereof as described with reference to FIGs. 1-22. For example, the operations of method 2400 may be performed by unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210 as described with reference to FIGs. 12-19. In some examples, UE 115 may execute code sets for controlling functional elements of UE 115 to perform the functions described below. Additionally or alternatively, UE 115 may use dedicated hardware to perform aspects of the functions described below. Method 2400 may also incorporate aspects of method 2300 of FIG23.
在框2405,UE 115可标识使用共享频谱带中的副蜂窝小区的通信的配置,其中经由该副蜂窝小区的传输经受共享频率信道的先听后讲(LBT)规程,如参照图2-20所描述的。在某些示例中,框2405的操作可由如参照图13所描述的无执照蜂窝小区配置标识器1310来执行。At block 2405, the UE 115 may identify a configuration for communications using a secondary cell in a shared spectrum band, wherein transmissions via the secondary cell are subject to a listen-before-talk (LBT) procedure for the shared frequency channel, as described with reference to Figures 2-20. In some examples, the operations of block 2405 may be performed by the unlicensed cell configuration identifier 1310, as described with reference to Figure 13.
在框2410,UE 115可标识来自该副蜂窝小区的包括至少一个子帧的传输,如参照图2-20所描述的。在某些示例中,框2410的操作可由如参照图13所描述的传输检测器1320来执行。At block 2410, UE 115 may identify a transmission including at least one subframe from the secondary cell, as described with reference to Figures 2-20. In some examples, the operations of block 2410 may be performed by transmission detector 1320, as described with reference to Figure 13.
在框2415,UE 115可至少部分地基于至少一个子帧的跨子帧指示符来确定该传输的参考信号配置,如参照图2-18所描述的。在某些示例中,框2415的操作可由如参照图13所描述的参考信号接收器1330来执行。At block 2415, UE 115 may determine a reference signal configuration for the transmission based at least in part on the cross-subframe indicator of at least one subframe, as described with reference to FIGs. 2-18. In some examples, the operations of block 2415 may be performed by reference signal receiver 1330 as described with reference to FIG.
在框2420,UE 115可标识至少一个子帧具有相对于在专用频谱带中操作的有执照蜂窝小区的异步码元定时,如参照图2-18所描述的。在某些示例中,框2420的操作可由如参照图13所描述的子帧检测器1350来执行。At block 2420, UE 115 may identify at least one subframe having asynchronous symbol timing relative to a licensed cell operating in a dedicated spectrum band, as described with reference to FIGs. 2-18. In some examples, the operations of block 2420 may be performed by subframe detector 1350 as described with reference to FIG.
在框2425,UE 115可至少部分地基于与该传输相关联的检出码元前置码来确定该至少一个子帧内用于至少一个参考信号的一个或多个码元位置,如参照图2-20所描述的。在某些示例中,框2425的操作可由如参照图13所描述的参考信号接收器1330来执行。At block 2425, UE 115 may determine one or more symbol positions for at least one reference signal within the at least one subframe based at least in part on the detected symbol preamble associated with the transmission, as described with reference to FIGs. 2-20. In some examples, the operations of block 2425 may be performed by reference signal receiver 1330 as described with reference to FIG.
图25示出了解说根据本公开的各种方面的用于无执照LTE的增强型控制流的方法2500的流程图。方法1600的操作可由如参照图1-15描述的UE 115或其组件来实现。例如,方法1600的操作可由如参照图12-19描述的无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210执行。在一些示例中,UE 115可执行用于控制UE 115的功能元件执行以下描述的功能的代码集。附加地或替换地,UE 115可以使用专用硬件来执行以下描述的功能的诸方面。FIG25 shows a flow chart illustrating a method 2500 for enhanced control flow for unlicensed LTE according to various aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of the method 1600 may be implemented by the UE 115 or its components as described with reference to FIG1-15. For example, the operations of the method 1600 may be performed by the unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210 as described with reference to FIG12-19. In some examples, the UE 115 may execute a set of codes for controlling the functional elements of the UE 115 to perform the functions described below. Additionally or alternatively, the UE 115 may use dedicated hardware to perform aspects of the functions described below.
在框2505,UE 115可在共享频谱带上来自基站的传输中标识多个蜂窝小区,其中该传输经受共享频率信道的先听后讲(LBT)规程,如参照图2-11所描述的。在某些示例中,框2505的操作可由如参照图14所描述的传输检测器1320-a来执行。At block 2505, the UE 115 may identify a plurality of cells in a transmission from a base station on a shared spectrum band, wherein the transmission is subject to a listen-before-talk (LBT) procedure for a shared frequency channel, as described with reference to FIG. 2-11. In some examples, the operations of block 2505 may be performed by a transmission detector 1320-a, as described with reference to FIG. 14.
在框2510,UE 115可标识用于该传输的初始传送的第一子帧集合的第一调度配置,第一调度配置包括配置用于携带针对该多个蜂窝小区中的相应蜂窝小区的个体准予的第一组蜂窝小区的一个或多个搜索空间,如参照图2-11所描述的。在某些示例中,框2510的操作可由如参照图14所描述的LBT DCI处理器1410来执行。At block 2510, the UE 115 may identify a first scheduling configuration for a first set of subframes for an initial transmission of the transmission, the first scheduling configuration including one or more search spaces configured to carry individual grants for a first set of cells in the plurality of cells, as described with reference to FIG. 2-11. In some examples, the operations of block 2510 may be performed by the LBT DCI processor 1410 as described with reference to FIG. 14.
在框2515,UE 115可标识用于该传输中在第一子帧集合之后的第二子帧集合的第二调度配置,第二调度配置包括与针对该多个蜂窝小区的联合准予相关联的至少一个蜂窝小区的至少一个搜索空间,如参照图2-11所描述的。在某些示例中,框2515的操作可由如参照图13所描述的LBT DCI处理器1410来执行。At block 2515, the UE 115 may identify a second scheduling configuration for a second set of subframes subsequent to the first set of subframes in the transmission, the second scheduling configuration including at least one search space for at least one cell associated with the joint grant for the plurality of cells, as described with reference to FIG. 2-11. In some examples, the operations of block 2515 may be performed by the LBT DCI processor 1410 as described with reference to FIG. 13.
图26示出了解说根据本公开的各种方面的用于无执照LTE的控制流增强的方法2600的流程图。方法2600的操作可由如参照图1-22描述的UE 115或其组件来实现。例如,方法2600的操作可由如参照图12-19描述的无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210执行。在一些示例中,UE 115可执行用于控制UE 115的功能元件执行以下描述的功能的代码集。附加地或替换地,UE 115可以使用专用硬件来执行以下描述的功能的诸方面。方法2600还可纳入图23-25的方法2300、2400、和2500的各方面。FIG26 shows a flow chart illustrating a method 2600 for control flow enhancements for unlicensed LTE according to various aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of method 2600 may be implemented by UE 115 or components thereof as described with reference to FIGs. 1-22. For example, the operations of method 2600 may be performed by unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210 as described with reference to FIGs. 12-19. In some examples, UE 115 may execute code sets for controlling functional elements of UE 115 to perform the functions described below. Additionally or alternatively, UE 115 may use dedicated hardware to perform aspects of the functions described below. Method 2600 may also incorporate aspects of methods 2300, 2400, and 2500 of FIGs. 23-25.
在框2605,UE 115可标识使用共享频谱带中的副蜂窝小区的通信的配置,如参照图2-20所描述的。在某些示例中,框2605的操作可由如参照图13所描述的无执照蜂窝小区配置标识器1310来执行。At block 2605, UE 115 may identify a configuration for communications using a secondary cell in a shared spectrum band, as described with reference to Figures 2-20. In some examples, the operations of block 2605 may be performed by unlicensed cell configuration identifier 1310 as described with reference to Figure 13.
在框2610,UE 115可标识来自该副蜂窝小区的包括至少一个TTI的LBT传输,如参照图2-20所描述的。在某些示例中,框2610的操作可由如参照图13所描述的传输检测器1320来执行。At block 2610, the UE 115 may identify an LBT transmission from the secondary cell comprising at least one TTI, as described with reference to FIGs. 2-20. In some examples, the operations of block 2610 may be performed by the transmission detector 1320 as described with reference to FIG.
在框2625,UE 115可从与用于共享频谱带的一个或多个蜂窝小区的控制信道相关联的天线端口有限集合来估计信道解调信息,如参照图2-20所描述的。在某些示例中,框2625的操作可由如参照图15所描述的信道解调估计器1510来执行。At block 2625, UE 115 may estimate channel demodulation information from a finite set of antenna ports associated with control channels for one or more cells of a shared spectrum band, as described with reference to Figures 2-20. In some examples, the operations of block 2625 may be performed by channel demodulation estimator 1510, as described with reference to Figure 15.
在框2630,UE 115可确定包括用于该一个或多个蜂窝小区的部分式子帧的控制信道搜索空间,如参照图2-18所描述的。在某些示例中,框2630的操作可由如参照图15所描述的LBT DCI处理器1410-a来执行。At block 2630, the UE 115 may determine a control channel search space comprising partial subframes for the one or more cells, as described with reference to FIG. 2-18. In some examples, the operations of block 2630 may be performed by the LBT DCI processor 1410-a as described with reference to FIG.
在框2635,UE 115可使用从该天线端口有限集合所估计的信道解调信息来解调该控制信道搜索空间中的控制信道候选,如参照图2-18所描述的。在某些示例中,框2635的操作可由如参照图15所描述的LBT DCI处理器1410-a来执行。At block 2635, the UE 115 may demodulate the control channel candidates in the control channel search space using the channel demodulation information estimated from the finite set of antenna ports, as described with reference to FIGURES 2-18. In some examples, the operations of block 2635 may be performed by the LBT DCI processor 1410-a as described with reference to FIGURE 15.
图27示出了解说根据本公开的各种方面的用于无执照LTE的控制流增强的方法2700的流程图。方法2700的操作可由如参照图1-22描述的UE 115或其组件来实现。例如,方法2700的操作可由如参照图12-19描述的无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210执行。在一些示例中,UE 115可执行用于控制UE 115的功能元件执行以下描述的功能的代码集。附加地或替换地,UE 115可以使用专用硬件来执行以下描述的功能的诸方面。方法2700还可纳入图23-26的方法2300、2400、2500和2600的各方面。FIG27 shows a flow chart illustrating a method 2700 for control flow enhancements for unlicensed LTE according to various aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of method 2700 may be implemented by UE 115 or components thereof as described with reference to FIGs. 1-22. For example, the operations of method 2700 may be performed by unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210 as described with reference to FIGs. 12-19. In some examples, UE 115 may execute code sets for controlling functional elements of UE 115 to perform the functions described below. Additionally or alternatively, UE 115 may use dedicated hardware to perform aspects of the functions described below. Method 2700 may also incorporate aspects of methods 2300, 2400, 2500, and 2600 of FIGs. 23-26.
在框2705,UE 115可标识使用共享频谱带中的副蜂窝小区的通信的配置,如参照图2-18所描述的。在某些示例中,框2705的操作可由如参照图13所描述的无执照蜂窝小区配置标识器1310来执行。At block 2705, UE 115 may identify a configuration for communications using a secondary cell in a shared spectrum band, as described with reference to FIGs. 2-18. In some examples, the operations of block 2705 may be performed by unlicensed cell configuration identifier 1310 as described with reference to FIG.
在框2710,UE 115可标识来自该副蜂窝小区的包括至少一个TTI的LBT传输,如参照图2-18所描述的。在某些示例中,框2710的操作可由如参照图20所描述的传输检测器1320来执行。At block 2710, the UE 115 may identify an LBT transmission from the secondary cell comprising at least one TTI, as described with reference to FIGs. 2-18. In some examples, the operations of block 2710 may be performed by the transmission detector 1320 as described with reference to FIG.
在框2715,UE 115可确定用于该LBT传输的多个参考信号配置,如参照图2-18所描述的。在某些示例中,框2715的操作可由如参照图18所描述的LBT TTI RS映射器1330-a来执行。At block 2715, the UE 115 may determine a plurality of reference signal configurations for the LBT transmission, as described with reference to FIGs. 2-18. In some examples, the operations of block 2715 may be performed by the LBT TTI RS mapper 1330-a as described with reference to FIG.
在框2720,UE 115可确定该多个蜂窝小区中具有为该LBT传输成功保留的相关联频率信道的蜂窝小区子集,如参照图2-18所描述的。在某些示例中,框2720的操作可由如参照图13所描述的传输检测器1320来执行。At block 2720, UE 115 may determine a subset of cells in the plurality of cells that have associated frequency channels successfully reserved for the LBT transmission, as described with reference to FIGs. 2-18. In some examples, the operations of block 2720 may be performed by transmission detector 1320 as described with reference to FIG.
在框2725,UE 115可标识使用经同步蜂窝小区的通信的配置,该经同步蜂窝小区在共享频谱带中操作并且具有静态子帧位置,如参照图2-18所描述的。在某些示例中,框2725的操作可由如参照图13所描述的无执照蜂窝小区配置标识器1310来执行。At block 2725, the UE 115 may identify a configuration for communications using synchronized cells operating in a shared spectrum band and having static subframe positions, as described with reference to FIGURES 2-18. In some examples, the operations of block 2725 may be performed by the unlicensed cell configuration identifier 1310, as described with reference to FIGURE 13.
在框2730,UE 115可标识针对该经同步蜂窝小区的LBT传输,如参照图2-18所描述的。在某些示例中,框2730的操作可由如参照图13所描述的传输检测器1320来执行。At block 2730, the UE 115 may identify LBT transmissions for the synchronized cell, as described with reference to FIGs. 2-18. In some examples, the operations of block 2730 may be performed by the transmission detector 1320, as described with reference to FIG.
在框2735,UE 115可至少部分地基于该LBT传输的信道保留信号来确定该经同步蜂窝小区的共享数据信道的动态TTI,如参照图2-18所描述的。在某些示例中,框2735的操作可由如参照图16所描述的LBT动态TTI检测器1350-a来执行。At block 2735, the UE 115 may determine a dynamic TTI for the shared data channel of the synchronized cell based at least in part on the channel reservation signal transmitted by the LBT, as described with reference to FIG. 2-18. In some examples, the operations of block 2735 may be performed by the LBT dynamic TTI detector 1350-a as described with reference to FIG.
在框2740,UE 115可至少部分地基于该动态TTI与静态子帧位置的边界之间的偏移来确定包括共享数据信道的共享数据区域内用于控制信道的搜索空间,如参照图2-18所描述的。在某些示例中,框2740的操作可由如参照图16所描述的LBT DCI处理器1410-b来执行。At block 2740, UE 115 may determine a search space for a control channel within a shared data region including a shared data channel based at least in part on an offset between the dynamic TTI and a boundary of a static subframe position, as described with reference to FIGURES 2-18. In some examples, the operations of block 2740 may be performed by LBT DCI processor 1410-b as described with reference to FIGURE 16.
图28示出了解说根据本公开的各种方面的用于无执照LTE的控制流增强的方法2800的流程图。方法2800的操作可由如参照图1-22描述的UE 115或其组件来实现。例如,方法2800的操作可由如参照图12-19描述的无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210执行。在一些示例中,UE 115可执行用于控制UE 115的功能元件执行以下描述的功能的代码集。附加地或替换地,UE 115可以使用专用硬件来执行以下描述的功能的诸方面。方法2800还可纳入图23-27的方法2300、2400、2500、2600和2700的各方面。FIG28 shows a flow chart illustrating a method 2800 for control flow enhancements for unlicensed LTE according to various aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of method 2800 may be implemented by UE 115 or components thereof as described with reference to FIGs. 1-22. For example, the operations of method 2800 may be performed by unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210 as described with reference to FIGs. 12-19. In some examples, UE 115 may execute code sets for controlling functional elements of UE 115 to perform the functions described below. Additionally or alternatively, UE 115 may use dedicated hardware to perform aspects of the functions described below. Method 2800 may also incorporate aspects of methods 2300, 2400, 2500, 2600, and 2700 of FIGs. 23-27.
在框2805,UE 115可标识使用经同步蜂窝小区的通信的配置,该经同步蜂窝小区在共享频谱带中操作并且具有静态子帧位置,如参照图2-20所描述的。在某些示例中,框2805的操作可由如参照图16所描述的无执照蜂窝小区配置标识器1310-a来执行。At block 2805, the UE 115 may identify a configuration for communications using synchronized cells operating in a shared spectrum band and having static subframe positions, as described with reference to Figures 2-20. In some examples, the operations of block 2805 may be performed by the unlicensed cell configuration identifier 1310-a, as described with reference to Figure 16.
在框2810,UE 115可标识针对该经同步蜂窝小区的LBT传输,如参照图2-20所描述的。在某些示例中,框2810的操作可由如参照图16所描述的传输检测器1320-b来执行。At block 2810, the UE 115 may identify LBT transmissions for the synchronized cell, as described with reference to FIGs. 2-20. In some examples, the operations of block 2810 may be performed by a transmission detector 1320-b as described with reference to FIG.
在框2815,UE 115可至少部分地基于该LBT传输的信道保留信号来确定该经同步蜂窝小区的共享数据信道的动态TTI,如参照图2-20所描述的。在某些示例中,框2815的操作可由如参照图16所描述的LBT动态TTI检测器1350-a来执行。At block 2815, the UE 115 may determine a dynamic TTI for the shared data channel of the synchronized cell based at least in part on the channel reservation signal transmitted by the LBT, as described with reference to FIG. 2-20 . In some examples, the operations of block 2815 may be performed by the LBT dynamic TTI detector 1350 - a as described with reference to FIG. 16 .
在框2820,UE 115可至少部分地基于该动态TTI与静态子帧位置的边界之间的偏移来确定包括共享数据信道的共享数据区域内用于控制信道的搜索空间,如参照图2-20所描述的。在某些示例中,框2820的操作可由如参照图16所描述的LBT DCI处理器1410-b来执行。At block 2820, UE 115 may determine a search space for a control channel within a shared data region including a shared data channel based at least in part on an offset between the dynamic TTI and a boundary of a static subframe position, as described with reference to FIGURES 2-20. In some examples, the operations of block 2820 may be performed by LBT DCI processor 1410-b as described with reference to FIGURE 16.
在框2825,UE 115可至少部分地基于在该控制信道中接收到的物理帧格式指示信道(PFFICH)或准予中的至少一者中所包括的字段来确定该LBT传输的最后TTI的码元周期数目,如参照图2-20所描述的。在某些示例中,框2825的操作可由如参照图16所描述的LBT动态TTI检测器1350-a来执行。At block 2825, the UE 115 may determine the number of symbol periods of the last TTI of the LBT transmission based at least in part on a field included in at least one of a physical frame format indicator channel (PFFICH) or a grant received in the control channel, as described with reference to FIG. 2-20 . In some examples, the operations of block 2825 may be performed by the LBT dynamic TTI detector 1350 - a as described with reference to FIG. 16 .
图29示出了解说根据本公开的各种方面的用于无执照LTE的控制流增强的方法2900的流程图。方法2900的操作可由如参照图1-22描述的UE 115或其组件来实现。例如,方法2900的操作可由如参照图12-19描述的无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210执行。在一些示例中,UE 115可执行用于控制UE 115的功能元件执行以下描述的功能的代码集。附加地或替换地,UE 115可以使用专用硬件来执行以下描述的功能的诸方面。方法2900还可纳入图23-28的方法2300、2400、2500、2600、2700和2800的各方面。FIG29 shows a flow diagram illustrating a method 2900 for control flow enhancements for unlicensed LTE according to various aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of method 2900 may be implemented by UE 115 or components thereof as described with reference to FIGs. 1-22. For example, the operations of method 2900 may be performed by unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210 as described with reference to FIGs. 12-19. In some examples, UE 115 may execute code sets for controlling functional elements of UE 115 to perform the functions described below. Additionally or alternatively, UE 115 may use dedicated hardware to perform aspects of the functions described below. Method 2900 may also incorporate aspects of methods 2300, 2400, 2500, 2600, 2700, and 2800 of FIGs. 23-28.
在框2905,UE 115可标识使用至少第一蜂窝小区和第二蜂窝小区的通信的配置,第二蜂窝小区在共享频谱带中操作,如参照图2-18所描述的。在某些示例中,框2905的操作可由如参照图17所描述的无执照蜂窝小区配置标识器1310-b来执行。At block 2905, the UE 115 may identify a configuration for communications using at least a first cell and a second cell, the second cell operating in a shared spectrum band, as described with reference to FIG. 2-18 . In some examples, the operations of block 2905 may be performed by the unlicensed cell configuration identifier 1310 - b as described with reference to FIG. 17 .
在框2910,UE 115可标识来自第二蜂窝小区的LBT传输,如参照图2-20所描述的。在某些示例中,框2910的操作可由如参照图17所描述的传输检测器1320-c来执行。At block 2910, the UE 115 may identify an LBT transmission from the second cell, as described with reference to FIGs. 2-20. In some examples, the operations of block 2910 may be performed by a transmission detector 1320-c, as described with reference to FIG.
在框2915,UE 115可在第二蜂窝小区的控制信道中接收对非周期性CSI报告的请求,如参照图2-20所描述的。在某些示例中,框2915的操作可由如参照图17所描述的LBTDCI处理器1410-c来执行。At block 2915, the UE 115 may receive a request for an aperiodic CSI report in a control channel of the second cell, as described with reference to FIGs. 2-20. In some examples, the operations of block 2915 may be performed by the LBTDCI processor 1410-c as described with reference to FIG.
在框2920,UE 115可至少部分地基于该控制信道相对于第一蜂窝小区的子帧索引的定时参数来确定该非周期性CSI报告的参考定时,如参照图2-20所描述的。在某些示例中,框2920的操作可由如参照图17所描述的LBT非周期性CSI参考定时处理器1710来执行。At block 2920, the UE 115 may determine a reference timing for the aperiodic CSI report based at least in part on a timing parameter of the control channel relative to a subframe index of the first cell, as described with reference to FIGs. 2-20. In some examples, the operations of block 2920 may be performed by the LBT aperiodic CSI reference timing processor 1710, as described with reference to FIG. 17.
图30示出了解说根据本公开的各种方面的用于无执照LTE的控制流增强的方法3000的流程图。方法3000的操作可由如参照图1-22描述的UE 115或其组件来实现。例如,方法3000的操作可由如参照图12-19描述的无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210执行。在一些示例中,UE 115可执行用于控制UE 115的功能元件执行以下描述的功能的代码集。附加地或替换地,UE 115可以使用专用硬件来执行以下描述的功能的诸方面。方法3000还可纳入图23-29的方法2300、2400、2500、2600、2700、2800和2900的各方面。FIG30 shows a flow chart illustrating a method 3000 for control flow enhancements for unlicensed LTE according to various aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of method 3000 may be implemented by UE 115 or components thereof as described with reference to FIGs. 1-22. For example, the operations of method 3000 may be performed by unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210 as described with reference to FIGs. 12-19. In some examples, UE 115 may execute code sets for controlling functional elements of UE 115 to perform the functions described below. Additionally or alternatively, UE 115 may use dedicated hardware to perform aspects of the functions described below. Method 3000 may also incorporate aspects of methods 2300, 2400, 2500, 2600, 2700, 2800, and 2900 of FIGs. 23-29.
在框3005,UE 115可标识使用在共享频谱带中操作的蜂窝小区的通信的配置,如参照图2-18所描述的。在某些示例中,框3005的操作可由如参照图18所描述的无执照蜂窝小区配置标识器1310-c来执行。At block 3005, the UE 115 may identify a configuration for communications using a cell operating in a shared spectrum band, as described with reference to Figures 2-18. In some examples, the operations of block 3005 may be performed by an unlicensed cell configuration identifier 1310-c as described with reference to Figure 18.
在框3010,UE 115可至少部分地基于与关联于该蜂窝小区的DRX配置相关联的寻呼时机来从禁用接收状态启用针对该蜂窝小区的接收,如参照图2-18所描述的。在某些示例中,框3010的操作可由如参照图18所描述的DRX寻呼控制器1810来执行。At block 3010, the UE 115 may enable reception for the cell from a disabled reception state based at least in part on a paging occasion associated with a DRX configuration associated with the cell, as described with reference to Figures 2-18. In some examples, the operations of block 3010 may be performed by the DRX paging controller 1810 as described with reference to Figure 18.
在框3015,UE 115可在该寻呼时机的第一码元上接收CRS,如参照图2-18所描述的。在某些示例中,框3015的操作可由如参照图18所描述的LBT TTI RS映射器1330-a来执行。At block 3015, the UE 115 may receive the CRS on the first symbol of the paging occasion, as described with reference to FIGURES 2-18. In some examples, the operations of block 3015 may be performed by the LBT TTI RS mapper 1330-a as described with reference to FIGURE 18.
在框3020,UE 115可至少部分地基于在该寻呼时机内具有静态位置的指示符信道来标识该蜂窝小区的控制信道的码元偏移,如参照图2-18所描述的。在某些示例中,框3020的操作可由如参照图18所描述的LBT寻呼时机偏移标识器1820来执行。At block 3020, the UE 115 may identify a symbol offset for the control channel of the cell based at least in part on an indicator channel having a static position within the paging occasion, as described with reference to FIGs. 2-18. In some examples, the operations of block 3020 may be performed by the LBT paging occasion offset identifier 1820 as described with reference to FIG.
图31示出了解说根据本公开的各种方面的用于无执照LTE的控制流增强的方法3100的流程图。方法3100的操作可由如参照图1-19描述的UE 115或其组件来实现。例如,方法3100的操作可由如参照图12-19描述的无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器1210执行。在一些示例中,UE 115可执行用于控制UE 115的功能元件执行以下描述的功能的代码集。附加地或替换地,UE 115可以使用专用硬件来执行以下描述的功能的诸方面。方法3100还可纳入图23-30的方法2300、2400、2500、2600、2700、2800、2900和3000的各方面。FIG31 shows a flow chart illustrating a method 3100 for control flow enhancement for unlicensed LTE according to various aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of method 3100 may be implemented by UE 115 or components thereof as described with reference to FIGs. 1-19. For example, the operations of method 3100 may be performed by unlicensed cell control flow manager 1210 as described with reference to FIGs. 12-19. In some examples, UE 115 may execute code sets for controlling functional elements of UE 115 to perform the functions described below. Additionally or alternatively, UE 115 may use dedicated hardware to perform aspects of the functions described below. Method 3100 may also incorporate aspects of methods 2300, 2400, 2500, 2600, 2700, 2800, 2900, and 3000 of FIGs. 23-30.
在框3105,UE 115可接收与共享频谱带的一个或多个蜂窝小区相关联的发现信号测量定时配置(DMTC),如参照图2-11所描述的。在某些示例中,框3105的操作可由如参照图19所描述的无执照蜂窝小区配置标识器1310-d来执行。At block 3105, the UE 115 may receive a discovery signal measurement timing configuration (DMTC) associated with one or more cells of the shared spectrum band, as described with reference to Figures 2-11. In some examples, the operations of block 3105 may be performed by the unlicensed cell configuration identifier 1310-d, as described with reference to Figure 19.
在框3110,UE 115可确定与该一个或多个蜂窝小区的DRS相关联的子帧,如参照图2-11所描述的。在某些示例中,框3110的操作可由如参照图19所描述的LBT DMTC处理器1910来执行。At block 3110, the UE 115 may determine subframes associated with the DRS for the one or more cells, as described with reference to Figures 2-11. In some examples, the operations of block 3110 may be performed by the LBT DMTC processor 1910, as described with reference to Figure 19.
在框3115,UE 115可至少部分地基于与该一个或多个蜂窝小区中的至少一个蜂窝小区相关联的蜂窝小区标识符来确定该子帧内针对该至少一个蜂窝小区的DRS的起始码元,如参照图2-11所描述的。在某些示例中,框3115的操作可由如参照图19所描述的LBTDRS定时处理器1920来执行。At block 3115, UE 115 may determine a starting symbol for a DRS for at least one of the one or more cells within the subframe based at least in part on a cell identifier associated with the at least one cell, as described with reference to FIGs. 2-11. In some examples, the operations of block 3115 may be performed by LBTDRS timing processor 1920, as described with reference to FIG.
图32示出了解说根据本公开的各种方面的用于无执照LTE的控制流增强的方法3200的流程图。方法3200的操作可由如参照图1-19描述的UE 115或其组件来实现。例如,方法3200的操作可由如参照图21-22描述的无执照蜂窝小区控制流管理器2110执行。在一些示例中,UE 115可执行用于控制UE 115的功能元件执行以下描述的功能的代码集。附加地或替换地,UE 115可以使用专用硬件来执行以下描述的功能的诸方面。FIG32 shows a flow chart illustrating a method 3200 for control flow enhancements for unlicensed LTE according to various aspects of the present disclosure. The operations of the method 3200 may be implemented by the UE 115 or its components as described with reference to FIGs. 1-19. For example, the operations of the method 3200 may be performed by the unlicensed cell control flow manager 2110 as described with reference to FIGs. 21-22. In some examples, the UE 115 may execute a set of codes for controlling the functional elements of the UE 115 to perform the functions described below. Additionally or alternatively, the UE 115 may use dedicated hardware to perform aspects of the functions described below.
在框3205,UE 115可操作共享频谱带上的多个蜂窝小区,其中该多个蜂窝小区的DRS根据共享发现信号测量定时配置(DMTC)来传送,并且其中该多个蜂窝小区中的每一者用不同的起始码元偏移来传送,如参照图2-11所描述的。在某些示例中,框3205的操作可由如参照图21所描述的无执照蜂窝小区DRS操作器2120来执行。At block 3205, the UE 115 may operate multiple cells on a shared spectrum band, wherein DRSs for the multiple cells are transmitted according to a shared discovery signal measurement timing configuration (DMTC), and wherein each of the multiple cells is transmitted with a different starting symbol offset, as described with reference to FIG. 2-11. In some examples, the operations of block 3205 may be performed by the unlicensed cell DRS operator 2120 as described with reference to FIG. 21.
在框3210,UE 115可用与该多个蜂窝小区中的每一者的共享数据信道的发射功率电平相独立的DRS功率电平来传送该多个蜂窝小区中的每一者的DRS,如参照图2-11所描述的。在某些示例中,框3210的操作可由如参照图21所描述的无执照蜂窝小区DRS发射器2130来执行。At block 3210, the UE 115 may transmit a DRS for each of the multiple cells at a DRS power level that is independent of a transmit power level of a shared data channel for each of the multiple cells, as described with reference to Figures 2-11. In some examples, the operations of block 3210 may be performed by the unlicensed cell DRS transmitter 2130 as described with reference to Figure 21.
在框3215,UE 115可至少部分地基于DRS功率电平和预定义发射功率电平针对该多个蜂窝小区中的每一者调节共享数据信道的发射功率电平,如参照图2-11所描述的。在某些示例中,框3215的操作可由如参照图21所描述的无执照蜂窝小区发射功率调节器2140来执行。At block 3215, the UE 115 may adjust the transmit power level of the shared data channel for each of the plurality of cells based at least in part on the DRS power level and the predefined transmit power level, as described with reference to FIGs. 2-11. In some examples, the operations of block 3215 may be performed by the unlicensed cell transmit power adjuster 2140, as described with reference to FIG.
由此,方法2300、2400、2500、2600、2700、2800、2900、3000、3100和3200可提供无执照LTE的控制流增强。应注意,方法2300、2400、2500、2600、2700、2800、2900、3000、3100和3200描述了可能的实现,并且这些操作和步骤可被重新安排或以其他方式修改以使得其他实现也是可能的。在一些示例中,来自方法2300、2400、2500、2600、2700、2800、2900、3000、3100和3200中的两种或更多种方法的各方面可被组合。Thus, methods 2300, 2400, 2500, 2600, 2700, 2800, 2900, 3000, 3100, and 3200 may provide control flow enhancements for unlicensed LTE. It should be noted that methods 2300, 2400, 2500, 2600, 2700, 2800, 2900, 3000, 3100, and 3200 describe possible implementations, and that these operations and steps may be rearranged or otherwise modified to enable other implementations. In some examples, aspects of two or more of methods 2300, 2400, 2500, 2600, 2700, 2800, 2900, 3000, 3100, and 3200 may be combined.
本文的描述提供示例而并非限定权利要求中阐述的范围、适用性或者示例。可以对所讨论的要素的功能和布置作出改变而不会脱离本公开的范围。各种示例可恰适地省略、替代、或添加各种规程或组件。另外,参照一些示例所描述的特征可在其他示例中被组合。The description herein provides examples and does not limit the scope, applicability, or examples set forth in the claims. The functions and arrangements of the elements discussed may be changed without departing from the scope of this disclosure. Various examples may appropriately omit, substitute, or add various procedures or components. In addition, features described with reference to some examples may be combined in other examples.
本文所描述的技术可用于各种无线通信系统,诸如码分多址(CDMA)、时分多址(TDMA)、频分多址(FDMA)、正交频分多址(OFDMA)、单载波频分多址(SC-FDMA)以及其他系统。术语“系统”和“网络”常被可互换地使用。码分多址(CDMA)系统可实现诸如CDMA2000、通用地面无线电接入(UTRA)等无线电技术。CDMA2000涵盖IS-2000、IS-95和IS-856标准。IS-2000版本0和A常被称为CDMA2000 1X、1X等。IS-856(TIA-856)常被称为CDMA2000 1xEV-DO、高速率分组数据(HRPD)等。UTRA包括宽带CDMA(WCDMA)和其他CDMA变体。时分多址(TDMA)系统可实现诸如全球移动通信系统(GSM)之类的无线电技术。正交频分多址(OFDMA)系统可以实现诸如超移动宽带(UMB)、演进型UTRA(E-UTRA)、IEEE 802.11(Wi-Fi)、IEEE 802.16(WiMAX)、IEEE 802.20、Flash-OFDM等的无线电技术。UTRA和E-UTRA是通用移动电信系统(UMTS)的一部分。3GPP长期演进(LTE)和高级LTE(LTE-a)是使用E-UTRA的新通用移动电信系统(UMTS)版本。UTRA、E-UTRA、通用移动电信系统(UMTS)、LTE、LTE-a以及全球移动通信系统(GSM)在来自名为“第三代伙伴项目”(3GPP)的组织的文献中描述。CDMA2000和UMB在来自名为“第三代伙伴项目2”(3GPP2)的组织的文献中描述。本文所描述的技术既可用于以上提及的系统和无线电技术,也可用于其他系统和无线电技术。然而,本文的描述出于示例目的描述了LTE系统,并且在以上大部分描述中使用了LTE术语,但这些技术也可应用于LTE应用以外的应用。The techniques described herein can be used in various wireless communication systems, such as code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), frequency division multiple access (FDMA), orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA), single carrier frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA), and other systems. The terms "system" and "network" are often used interchangeably. A code division multiple access (CDMA) system can implement radio technologies such as CDMA2000 and Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (UTRA). CDMA2000 covers IS-2000, IS-95, and IS-856 standards. IS-2000 versions 0 and A are often referred to as CDMA2000 1X, 1X, etc. IS-856 (TIA-856) is often referred to as CDMA2000 1xEV-DO, High Rate Packet Data (HRPD), etc. UTRA includes Wideband CDMA (WCDMA) and other CDMA variants. A time division multiple access (TDMA) system can implement radio technologies such as Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM). Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) systems can implement radio technologies such as Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB), Evolved UTRA (E-UTRA), IEEE 802.11 (Wi-Fi), IEEE 802.16 (WiMAX), IEEE 802.20, Flash-OFDM, and the like. UTRA and E-UTRA are part of the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS). 3GPP Long Term Evolution (LTE) and LTE-Advanced (LTE-a) are new versions of the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) that use E-UTRA. UTRA, E-UTRA, the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), LTE, LTE-a, and Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) are described in documents from an organization called the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP). CDMA2000 and UMB are described in documents from an organization called the 3rd Generation Partnership Project 2 (3GPP2). The techniques described herein may be used for the systems and radio technologies mentioned above as well as for other systems and radio technologies. However, the description herein describes an LTE system for example purposes, and LTE terminology is used in much of the description above, but the techniques may also be applicable to applications other than LTE applications.
在LTE/LTE-a网络(包括本文所描述的此类网络)中,术语演进型B节点(eNB)可一般用于描述基站。本文所描述的一个或多个无线通信系统可包括异构LTE/LTE-A网络,其中不同类型的eNB提供对各种地理区划的覆盖。例如,每个eNB或基站可提供对宏蜂窝小区、小型蜂窝小区、或其他类型的蜂窝小区的通信覆盖。取决于上下文,术语“蜂窝小区”是可被用于描述基站、与基站相关联的载波或分量载波、或者载波或基站的覆盖区域(例如,扇区等)的3GPP术语。In LTE/LTE-a networks (including such networks described herein), the term evolved Node B (eNB) may be generally used to describe a base station. One or more wireless communication systems described herein may include heterogeneous LTE/LTE-A networks in which different types of eNBs provide coverage for various geographic regions. For example, each eNB or base station may provide communication coverage for a macro cell, a small cell, or other types of cells. Depending on the context, the term "cell" is a 3GPP term that may be used to describe a base station, a carrier or component carrier associated with a base station, or a coverage area (e.g., a sector, etc.) of a carrier or base station.
基站可包括或可由本领域技术人员称为基收发机站、无线电基站、接入点、无线电收发机、B节点、演进型B节点(eNB)、家用B节点、家用演进型B节点、或某个其他合适的术语。基站的地理覆盖区域可被划分成仅构成该覆盖区域的一部分的扇区。本文所描述的一个或数个无线通信系统可包括不同类型的基站(例如,宏或小型蜂窝小区基站)。本文所描述的UE可以能够与各种类型的基站和网络装备(包括宏eNB、小型蜂窝小区eNB、中继基站等)通信。可能存在不同技术的交叠地理覆盖区域。A base station may include or may be referred to by those skilled in the art as a base transceiver station, a radio base station, an access point, a radio transceiver, a Node B, an evolved Node B (eNB), a Home Node B, a Home evolved Node B, or some other suitable term. The geographic coverage area of a base station may be divided into sectors that constitute only a portion of the coverage area. One or more wireless communication systems described herein may include different types of base stations (e.g., macro or small cell base stations). The UEs described herein may be able to communicate with various types of base stations and network equipment (including macro eNBs, small cell eNBs, relay base stations, etc.). There may be overlapping geographic coverage areas of different technologies.
宏蜂窝小区一般覆盖相对较大的地理区域(例如,半径为数千米的区域),并且可允许无约束地由与网络供应商具有服务订阅的UE接入。与宏蜂窝小区相比,小型蜂窝小区是可在与宏蜂窝小区相同或不同的(例如,有执照、无执照等)频带中操作的低功率基站。根据各种示例,小型蜂窝小区可包括微微蜂窝小区、毫微微蜂窝小区、以及微蜂窝小区。微微蜂窝小区例如可覆盖较小地理区域并且可允许无约束地由具有与网络供应商的服务订阅的UE接入。毫微微蜂窝小区也可覆盖较小地理区域(例如,住宅)且可提供有约束地由与该毫微微蜂窝小区有关联的UE(例如,封闭订户群(CSG)中的UE、该住宅中的用户的UE、等等)的接入。用于宏蜂窝小区的eNB可被称为宏eNB。用于小型蜂窝小区的eNB可被称为小型蜂窝小区eNB、微微eNB、毫微微eNB、或家用eNB。eNB可支持一个或多个(例如,两个、三个、四个,等等)蜂窝小区(例如,分量载波)。UE可以能够与各种类型的基站和网络装备(包括宏eNB、小型蜂窝小区eNB、中继基站等)通信。A macro cell generally covers a relatively large geographic area (e.g., an area with a radius of several kilometers) and may allow unrestricted access by UEs with service subscriptions with a network provider. In contrast to a macro cell, a small cell is a low-power base station that may operate in the same or different frequency bands (e.g., licensed, unlicensed, etc.) as the macro cell. According to various examples, small cells may include pico cells, femto cells, and micro cells. A pico cell, for example, may cover a smaller geographic area and may allow unrestricted access by UEs with service subscriptions with a network provider. A femto cell may also cover a smaller geographic area (e.g., a residence) and may provide restricted access by UEs associated with the femto cell (e.g., UEs in a closed subscriber group (CSG), UEs of users in the residence, etc.). An eNB for a macro cell may be referred to as a macro eNB. An eNB for a small cell may be referred to as a small cell eNB, a pico eNB, a femto eNB, or a home eNB. An eNB may support one or more (e.g., two, three, four, etc.) cells (e.g., component carriers). A UE may be able to communicate with various types of base stations and network equipment, including macro eNBs, small cell eNBs, relay base stations, etc.
本文所描述的一个或多个无线通信系统可支持同步或异步操作。对于同步操作,各基站可具有相似的帧定时,并且来自不同基站的传输可以在时间上大致对齐。对于异步操作,各基站可以具有不同的帧定时,并且来自不同基站的传输可以不在时间上对齐。本文描述的技术可被用于同步或异步操作。One or more wireless communication systems described herein may support synchronous or asynchronous operation. For synchronous operation, each base station may have similar frame timing, and transmissions from different base stations may be approximately aligned in time. For asynchronous operation, each base station may have different frame timing, and transmissions from different base stations may not be aligned in time. The techniques described herein may be used for either synchronous or asynchronous operation.
本文中描述的下行链路传输还可被称为前向链路传输,而上行链路传输还可被称为反向链路传输。本文所描述的每个通信链路——例如包括图1和2的无线通信系统100和200——可包括一个或多个载波,其中每个载波可以是由多个副载波构成的信号(例如,不同频率的波形信号)。每个经调制信号可在不同的副载波上被发送并且可携带控制信息(例如,参考信号、控制信道等)、开销信息、用户数据等。本文描述的通信链路(例如,图1的通信链路125)可以使用频分双工(FDD)操作(例如,使用配对频谱资源)或时分双工(TDD)操作(例如,使用未配对频谱资源)来传送双向通信。可以定义用于频分双工(FDD)的帧结构(例如,帧结构类型1)和用于TDD的帧结构(例如,帧结构类型2)。The downlink transmission described herein may also be referred to as forward link transmission, and the uplink transmission may also be referred to as reverse link transmission. Each communication link described herein, such as the wireless communication systems 100 and 200 of Figures 1 and 2, may include one or more carriers, where each carrier may be a signal composed of multiple subcarriers (e.g., a waveform signal of a different frequency). Each modulated signal may be sent on a different subcarrier and may carry control information (e.g., a reference signal, a control channel, etc.), overhead information, user data, etc. The communication links described herein (e.g., the communication link 125 of Figure 1) may use frequency division duplex (FDD) operation (e.g., using paired spectrum resources) or time division duplex (TDD) operation (e.g., using unpaired spectrum resources) to transmit bidirectional communications. A frame structure for frequency division duplex (FDD) (e.g., frame structure type 1) and a frame structure for TDD (e.g., frame structure type 2) may be defined.
本文结合附图阐述的说明描述了示例配置而不代表可被实现或者落在权利要求的范围内的所有示例。本文所使用的术语“示例性”意指“用作示例、实例或解说”,而并不意指“优于”或“胜过其他示例”。本详细描述包括具体细节以提供对所描述的技术的理解。然而,可以在没有这些具体细节的情况下实践这些技术。在一些实例中,众所周知的结构和设备以框图形式示出以避免模糊所描述的示例的概念。The description set forth herein in conjunction with the accompanying drawings describes example configurations and does not represent all examples that can be implemented or fall within the scope of the claims. The term "exemplary" as used herein means "serving as an example, instance, or illustration" and does not mean "better than" or "better than other examples." This detailed description includes specific details to provide an understanding of the described techniques. However, these techniques can be practiced without these specific details. In some instances, well-known structures and devices are shown in block diagram form to avoid obscuring the concepts of the described examples.
在附图中,类似组件或特征可具有相同的附图标记。此外,相同类型的各个组件可通过在附图标记后跟随短划线以及在类似组件之间进行区分的第二标记来加以区分。如果在说明书中仅使用第一附图标记,则该描述可应用于具有相同的第一附图标记的类似组件中的任何一个组件而不论第二附图标记如何。In the accompanying drawings, similar components or features may have the same reference number. In addition, components of the same type may be distinguished by following the reference number with a dash and a second reference number that distinguishes between the similar components. If only the first reference number is used in the specification, the description applies to any of the similar components having the same first reference number, regardless of the second reference number.
本文所描述的信息和信号可使用各种各样的不同技艺和技术中的任一种来表示。例如,贯穿上面说明始终可能被述及的数据、指令、命令、信息、信号、比特、码元和码片可由电压、电流、电磁波、磁场或磁粒子、光场或光粒子、或其任何组合来表示。The information and signals described herein may be represented using any of a variety of different technologies and techniques. For example, data, instructions, commands, information, signals, bits, symbols, and chips that may be referred to throughout the above description may be represented by voltages, currents, electromagnetic waves, magnetic fields or particles, optical fields or particles, or any combination thereof.
结合本文中的公开描述的各种解说性框以及模块可以用设计成执行本文中描述的功能的通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或其他可编程逻辑器件、分立的门或晶体管逻辑、分立的硬件组件、或其任何组合来实现或执行。通用处理器可以是微处理器,但在替换方案中,处理器可以是任何常规的处理器、控制器、微控制器、或状态机。处理器还可以被实现为计算设备的组合(例如数字信号处理器(DSP)与微处理器的组合、多个微处理器、与DSP核心协作的一个或多个微处理器、或任何其他此类配置)。The various illustrative blocks and modules described in conjunction with the disclosure herein may be implemented or executed with a general purpose processor, a DSP, an ASIC, an FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination thereof designed to perform the functions described herein. A general purpose processor may be a microprocessor, but in the alternative, the processor may be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine. The processor may also be implemented as a combination of computing devices (e.g., a combination of a digital signal processor (DSP) and a microprocessor, a plurality of microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in conjunction with a DSP core, or any other such configuration).
本文中所描述的功能可以在硬件、由处理器执行的软件、固件、或其任何组合中实现。如果在由处理器执行的软件中实现,则各功能可以作为一条或多条指令或代码存储在计算机可读介质上或藉其进行传送。其他示例和实现落在本公开及所附权利要求的范围内。例如,由于软件的本质,以上描述的功能可使用由处理器执行的软件、硬件、固件、硬连线或其任何组合来实现。实现功能的特征也可物理地位于各种位置,包括被分布以使得功能的各部分在不同的物理位置处实现。另外,如本文(包括权利要求中)所使用的,在项目列举(例如,以附有诸如“中的至少一个”或“中的一个或多个”之类的措辞的项目列举)中使用的“或”指示包含性列举,以使得例如A、B或C中的至少一个的列举意指A或B或C或AB或AC或BC或ABC(即,A和B和C)。The functions described herein may be implemented in hardware, software executed by a processor, firmware, or any combination thereof. If implemented in software executed by a processor, each function may be stored on or transmitted by a computer-readable medium as one or more instructions or codes. Other examples and implementations fall within the scope of this disclosure and the appended claims. For example, due to the nature of software, the functions described above may be implemented using software executed by a processor, hardware, firmware, hardwiring, or any combination thereof. Features that implement the functions may also be physically located in various locations, including being distributed so that parts of the functions are implemented at different physical locations. In addition, as used herein (including in the claims), "or" used in an enumeration of items (e.g., an enumeration of items with a phrase such as "at least one of" or "one or more of") indicates an inclusive enumeration, such that, for example, an enumeration of at least one of A, B, or C means A or B or C or AB or AC or BC or ABC (i.e., A and B and C).
计算机可读介质包括非瞬态计算机存储介质和通信介质两者,其包括促成计算机程序从一地向另一地转移的任何介质。非瞬态存储介质可以是能被通用或专用计算机访问的任何可用介质。作为示例而非限定,非瞬态计算机可读介质可包括RAM、ROM、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(EEPROM)、压缩盘(CD)ROM或其他光盘存储、磁盘存储或其他磁存储设备、或能被用来携带或存储指令或数据结构形式的期望程序代码手段且能被通用或专用计算机、或者通用或专用处理器访问的任何其他非瞬态介质。任何连接也被正当地称为计算机可读介质。例如,如果软件是使用同轴电缆、光纤电缆、双绞线、数字订户线(DSL)、或诸如红外、无线电、以及微波之类的无线技术从web网站、服务器、或其它远程源传送而来的,则该同轴电缆、光纤电缆、双绞线、数字订户线(DSL)、或诸如红外、无线电、以及微波之类的无线技术就被包括在介质的定义之中。如本文所使用的盘(disk)和碟(disc)包括CD、激光碟、光碟、数字通用碟(DVD)、软盘和蓝光碟,其中盘常常磁性地再现数据而碟用激光来光学地再现数据。以上介质的组合也被包括在计算机可读介质的范围内。Computer-readable media include both non-transient computer storage media and communication media, which include any media that facilitates a computer program to be transferred from one place to another. Non-transient storage media can be any available medium that can be accessed by a general or special-purpose computer. As an example and not limitation, non-transient computer-readable media may include RAM, ROM, electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc (CD) ROM or other optical disc storage, disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, or any other non-transient medium that can be used to carry or store the desired program code means of an instruction or data structure form and can be accessed by a general or special-purpose computer or a general or special-purpose processor. Any connection is also properly referred to as a computer-readable medium. For example, if software is transmitted from a website, server, or other remote source using a coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwaves, then the coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, twisted pair, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless technologies such as infrared, radio, and microwaves are included in the definition of medium. Disk and disc, as used herein, include CDs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs (DVDs), floppy disks, and Blu-ray discs, where disks usually reproduce data magnetically, while discs reproduce data optically with lasers. Combinations of the above are also included within the scope of computer-readable media.
提供本文的描述是为了使得本领域技术人员能够制作或使用本公开。对本公开的各种修改对于本领域技术人员将是显而易见的,并且本文中定义的普适原理可被应用于其他变形而不会脱离本公开的范围。由此,本公开并不限定于本文中所描述的示例和设计,而是应被授予与本文中公开的原理和新颖特征一致的最宽泛的范围。The description herein is provided to enable those skilled in the art to make or use the present disclosure. Various modifications to the present disclosure will be apparent to those skilled in the art, and the universal principles defined herein may be applied to other variations without departing from the scope of the present disclosure. Thus, the present disclosure is not limited to the examples and designs described herein, but should be accorded the broadest scope consistent with the principles and novel features disclosed herein.
Claims (14)
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US201562165814P | 2015-05-22 | 2015-05-22 | |
| US62/165,814 | 2015-05-22 | ||
| US15/149,752 | 2016-05-09 | ||
| US15/149,752 US9949169B2 (en) | 2015-05-22 | 2016-05-09 | Control flow enhancements for LTE-unlicensed |
| PCT/US2016/031587 WO2016191091A1 (en) | 2015-05-22 | 2016-05-10 | Control flow enhancements for lte-unlicensed |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| HK1246065A1 HK1246065A1 (en) | 2018-08-31 |
| HK1246065B true HK1246065B (en) | 2021-01-29 |
Family
ID=
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| AU2019200598B2 (en) | Control flow enhancements for lte-unlicensed | |
| JP6859481B2 (en) | Techniques for downlink scheduling and uplink scheduling in the shared radio frequency spectrum band | |
| AU2017335889B2 (en) | Use of reference signals to improve user equipment (UE) warm-up before transitioning from an off duration of the UE to an on duration of the UE with respect to a radio frequency spectrum band | |
| US10834687B2 (en) | Power headroom reporting for systems with multiple transmission time intervals | |
| CN103718496A (en) | Method and apparatus for signaling control data of aggregated carriers | |
| HK1246065B (en) | Method and apparatus for control flow enhancements for lte-unlicensed | |
| BR112017025019B1 (en) | CONTROL FLOW ENHANCEMENTS FOR LTE-UNLICENSED |